Skip to main content

Full text of "The Great Basin naturalist"

See other formats


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY 


VErlrai 


LIBRARY 


OF  THE 


Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


VOLUME   XI,    1951 


Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Editor 


IVblished  at  Provo,  Utah,  by 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

of  Brigham  Young  University 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 
Volume  XI 

NUMBERS  1-2  —  SEPTEMBER  29,  1951 

Pacific  Islands  Herpetology  No.  IV,  Admiralty  Islands, 

Vasco  M.   Tanner   1 

New  Species  of  Dolichopodidae  from  California  and  Utah 

(Diptera),  F.  C.  Harmston  _ 11 

On  Eight  New  Southern  Millipeds,  Illustrations, 

Ralph  V.  Chamberlin  19 

Records  of  American  Millipeds  and  Centipeds  Collected  by 

D  Elden  Beck  in  1950,  Illustrations,  Ralph  V.  Chamberlin 27 

New  Neotropical  Water-Striders   (Hemiptera-Veliidae) , 

Carl  J.  Drake 37 

Stridulatory  Organs  in  Saldidae  (Hemiptera),  Illustrations, 

C.  J.  Drake  and  F.  C.  Hottes  43 

Notes  on  Some  Cicindelidae  of  the  Western  United  States 
and  the  South  Pacific  Islands  with  a  Description  of  a 
New  Species,  Vasco  M.  Tanner  47 

Erratum  Page 52 

NUMBERS  3-4,  DECEMBER  29,  1951 

Pacific  Islands  Herpetology,  No.  V,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon 
Islands,  A  Check  list  of  species,  Illustration, 
Vasco  M.  Tanner _ _____ 53 

New  County  Records  of  Salientia  and  a  Summary  of  known 
distribution  of  Caudata  in  Oklahoma, 
Arthur  N.  Bragg  and  W.  F.  Hudson  87 

Two  New  Ants  from  Western  Nevada   (Hymenoptera, 

Formicidae),  Illustrations,  Marion  R.  Smith  91 

The  Cerambycoid  Semi-Aquatic  Coleoptera  of  the  Nevada 

Area,  Ira  La  Rivers 97 

New  Distribution  Records  of  Utah  Siphonaptera  with  the 

Description  of  a  new  species  of  Megarthroglossus  Jordan 

and  Rothschild  1915,  Illustrations,  Vernon  J.  Tipton 

and  Donald  M.  Allred 105 

On  Five  new  American  Lithobiid  Centipeds, 

Ralph  V.  Chamberlin  _ 115 

Index  to  Volume  XI 119 

if 


>  '    Vrr 
Volume  XI 


ifiM 

JUL  22  1952- 

K.V?VAR0 

!MV£:is/TY 


Numbers  1-2 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


September  29, 1951 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Pacific  Islands  Herpetology  No.  IV,  Admiralty  Islands, 

Vasco  M.  Tanner 1 

New  Species  of  Dolichopodidae  From  California  and 

Utah  (Dipteria),  F.  C.  Harmston 11 

On  Eight  New  Southern  Millipeds,  Illustrations 

Ralph  V.  Chamberlin 19 

Records  of  American  Millipeds  and  Centipeds  Collected 
by  Dr.  Elden  D.  Beck  in  1950,  Illustrations, 
Ralph  V.  Chamberlin  27 

New  Neotropical  Water-Striders  (Hemiptera-Veliidae) 

Carl  J.  Drake . 37 

Stridulatory  Organs  in  Saldidae  (Hemiptera) ,  Illustrations, 

C.  J.  Drake  and  F.  C.  Hottes 43 

Notes  on  Some  Cincidelidae  of  the  Western  United  States 
and  the  South  Pacific  Islands  With  a  Description 
of  a  New  Species,   Vasco  M.  Tanner 47 

Erratum  Page  . 52 


Published  at  Provo,  Utah,  by  the 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

Brigham  Young  University 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


A  journal  published  from  one  to  four  times  a  year  by  the  De- 
partment of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  University, 
Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts:  Only  original  unpublished  manuscripts,  pertaining 
to  the  Great  Basin  and  the  Western  United  States  in  the  main,  will 
be  accepted.    Manuscripts  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  editor. 

Illustrations:  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  them  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  illus- 
trations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the  manu- 
script. All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  journal  are  to 
be  made  under  the  subervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost  of  the  cuts 
is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints:  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  with  the  proof. 

Subscription:  The  annual  subscription  is  $2.50,  (outside  the 
United  States  $3.25).    Single  number,  80  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions,  re- 
prints and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Great  Basin  Naturalist,  Brigham  Young  Uni- 
versity, Provo,  Utah. 

Reprints  Schedule  of  The   Great  Basin  Naturalist 


2  pp. 

4  pp. 

6  pp. 

8  pp. 

10  pp. 

Each 
Additional 
12  pp.    2  pp. 

50  copies 

$3.25 

$4.75 

$5.75 

$6.75 

$7.75 

$8.75    $1.50 

100  copies 

4.75 

5.75 

6.75 

7.75 

8.75 

9.75 

200  copies 

6.00 

7.00 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

300  copies 

7.00 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

12.00 

Covers:    $6.00  for  first  100  copies;  $2.50  for  additional  100  copies. 


/      mm 
(/(/'  22  1952 

The  Greari5asi4^ Naturalist 

Published  by  the 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 
Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah 

Volume  XI  SEPTEMBER  29,  1951  Nos.  Ill 

PACIFIC  ISLANDS  I IERPETOLOGY  NO.  IV 
ADMIRALTY  ISLANDS  0) 

VASCO    M.    TANNER 

Professor  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

Brigham  Young  University 

Provo,  Utah 

INTRODUCTION 

This  is  the  fourth  report  on  the  South  Pacific  Islands  Herpetol- 
ogy.  It  is  concerned  with  specimens  collected  on  Los  Negros  Island 
of  the  Admiralty  group. 

The  Admiralty  Islands  are  located  between  1°  30'  and  3°  10' 
South  Latitude  and  146°  and  148°  East  Longitude,  being  the  most 
northerly  of  the  Melanesion  Islands.  This  group  was  discovered  in 
1616  by  Schouten  and  Lemaire  and  consists  of  Manus,  Los  Negros, 
Los  Reyes.  Pak,  Naura,  Rambutvo,  Baluan,  Sauwai,  Lou,  Tong,  and 
other  small  islands.  All  these  islands  are  small  except  Manus  which 
has  an  area  of  more  than  seven  hundred  square  miles  and  has  moun- 
tains that  rise  to  a  height  of  over  three  thousand  feet.  Los  Negros,  the 
next  largest  island  of  this  group,  forms  an  arc  around  the  eastern  end 
of  Manus;  the  two  being  separated  by  a  narrow  channel.  Within  this 
arc  is  a  good  harbor,  the  Seeadler,  which  has  depths  ranging  up  to 
120  feet.  The  central  part  of  Los  Negros  was  made  into  the  large 
Momote  airfield  which  was  an  important  base  in  General  Douglas 
MiirArthur's  campaign  to  win  back  the  Philippine  Islands  and  move 
on  to  Japan. 

The  Admiralties  lies  about  200  miles  north  and  east  of  New 
Guinea  and  260  miles  west  of  New  Ireland.  New  Hanover  Island  is 
between  New  Ireland  and  the  Admiralties  on  an  arc  which  extends 
through  these  Islands  southward  to  the  Solomon  Islands.  In  1940 
there  were  about  14,000  natives  on  the  islands,  most  of  them  en- 


lContribution  No.  125,  Dept.  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  B.  Y.  U.  Provo,  Utah. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
2  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

gaged  in  cultivating  the  coconut,  the  only  commercial  crop  produced 
there.  They  are  worthy  sea  fareing  people  fishing  and  diving  for 
pearl  shells.  Their  food  consists  principally  of  coconut,  taro,  sago, 
yams,  bananas,  breadfruit,  and  sugar  cane. 

The  herpetological  fauna  of  this  group  is  poorly  known.  Boul- 
enger,  1887;  Hediger,  1937;  Mertens,  1934;  Peters  and  Doria,  1878; 
Sternfield,  1918;  and  Vogt,  1912,  have  made  some  valuable  reports 
on  the  reptiles  of  this  area.  However,  their  efforts  have  been  con- 
fined mainly  to  the  Bismarck  archipelago.  Sternfeld  lists  16  species 
as  having  been  collected  on  the  Admiralty  Islands,  none  of  which 
were  reported  from  Los  Negros. 

Mr.  Reimschiissel  landed  on  Los  Negros  August  27,  1944,  and 
left  on  September  16,  1944.  Collecting  was  possible  only  a  part  of  his 
stay  on  the  Island.  He  reports  as  follows  concerning  his  camp  and 
general  conditions  on  the  Island: 

"My  camp  was  located  on  a  very  bare  part  of  the  island  where 
coral  sand  and  coral  rock  made  up  the  soil,  mixed  with  old  and  de- 
cayed parts  of  plants  which  accumulated  where  the  water  puddled. 
Plant  life  is  not  as  luxuriant  as  on  Guadalcanal,  the  insects  do  not 
seem  as  numerous,  but  the  bird  life  is  plentiful.  It  rains  one  to  two 
times  each  day.  The  water  when  in  still  pools  has  a  milky  color. 
Sometimes  in  small  drainage  areas  the  streams  are  also  milky  in 
color. 

"My  time  was  very  limited  and  even  at  night  the  lights  were 
turned  off,  forcing  me  to  hold  off  with  my  record  keeping  or  other 
writing.  During  these  long  hours  of  darkness  I  went  hunting  for 
frogs  with  a  flashlight.  Many  of  them  were  croaking  and  calling  to 
one  another.  One  species  I  observed  is  a  small  brownish  one  which 
hides  under  the  coral  rocks  and  amongst  the  plants.  A  beam  of  light 
would  not  frighten  them  so  with  their  continual  croaking  I  was  able 
to  catch  five  specimens." 

I  wish  to  extend  my  thanks  to  Mr.  Reimschiissel  for  his  interest 
and  care  in  making  collections  of  the  reptiles  and  insects  he  en- 
countered. The  species  listed  below  are,  for  the  most  part,  new 
records  for  Los  Negros  Island. 

AMPHIBIANS 

Family  Hylidae 
HYLA    INFRAFRENATA    INFRAFRENATA    GUNTHER 
Gunther,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat  Hist.,  (3)  XX,  1867,  p.  56. 


Sept.   29.    1951       PACIFIC   1M.ANDS    HERPETOLOGY   NO.   IV  3 

BYU  7309,  7314     Admiralty  Islands     (E.  Reimschiissel)  Sept.  16,  1944 
BYU  7315,  7316     Los  Negros 
7326 

Those  specimens  agree  in  measurements  and  color  with  those 
reported  from  Morotai  Island.  Two  adult  specimens  (7309,  7316) 
arc  (lark  lavender  blue  in  spirits.  From  Mr.  Reimschiissel's  notes  I 
record  the  following:  "I  saw  a  large  green  frog  which  eluded  my 
grasp;  it  landed  on  an  elephant's  ear  and  I  managed  to  catch  it.  It 
was  green,  long  legged,  with  golden  colored  eyes — the  pupil  going 
Longitudionally  with  the  body.  These  were  a  number  of  small  green 
frogs  of  which  three  or  four  were  caught.  I  do  not  know  whether 
these  were  immature  or  mature  frogs  but  they  were  found  in  the 
forest  area  dining  the  day  time,  out  in  the  sun  or  shade  or  on  the 
tops  of  leaves  which  would  hold  their  weight.  Another  small  greenish 
brown  frog  was  caught  in  the  forest  living  under  logs." 

Family  Ranidae 

PLATYMANTIS  sp. 

BYU  7310-11,  7320     Admiralty  Islands   (E.  Reimschiissel)   Sept.,  1944 
BYU  7321-22,  7323     Los  Negros 
7324 

It  is  not  possible  to  make  a  specific  determination  of  this  species 
at  present.  I  have  compared  it  with  specimens  of  P.  papuensis  web- 
eri  Schmidt  from  the  Tenaru  River  on  Guadalcanal,  collected  by 
Robert  C.  Pendleton,  and  P.  corrugatus  papuensis  collected  at  Hal- 
landia,  New  Guinea  by  Mr.  Reimschiissel.  Dr.  Walter  C.  Brown  now 
has  specimens  BYU  7310-11  and  7320,  making  a  study  of  them  in 
comparison  with  Platymantis  species  now  contained  in  some  of  the 
American  collections.  The  four  specimens  before  me  are  all  about 
30  mm.  in  length. 

LIZARDS 

Family  Gekkonidae 

GEHYRA    OCEANICA    (LESSON) 

Lesson,  Voyage  Coquille,  Zool.  II,  I,  1830,  p.  42  pi.  II,  fig.  3. 

BYU  7179     Admiralty  Islands     (E.  Reimschiissel)     Sept.  7,  1944 
Los  Negros 

One  female  specimen  of  this  wide  spread  species  was  reported 
for  the  Admiralty  Islands  by  Sternfeld. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
4  VASCO    M.    TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

Family  Scincidae 
DASIA    SAMARAGDINUM    PERVIRIDIS    BARBOUR 

Barbour,  Proc.  N.  Eng.  Zool.  Club,  Vol.  VII,  p.  106,  1921 

BYU  7162,  7207-18     Admiralty  Islands  (E.  Reimschiissel)     Sept.,  1944 
Los  Negros 

Rostal  two  times  as  broad  as  high,  in  contact  with  the  first 
supralabial,  nasal  and  frontonasal;  no  internasals  present;  prefront- 
als contact  the  frontonasal,  two  loreals,  anterior  supraocular,  frontal, 
and  meet  at  a  point  dorsally;  frontal  extends  back  to  the  frontoparie- 
tals and  contacts  three  supraoculars;  two  pair  of  nuchals;  lower  eye- 
lid scaly;  ear-opening  small  with  two  small  lobules  anteriorly;  supra- 
labials six  and  seven  in  contact  with  subocular;  eight  supralabials 
and  seven  infralabials;  mental  twice  as  broad  as  high  in  contact  with 
the  first  lower  labial  and  the  first  large  transverse  chin-shield,  which 
is  in  contact  with  the  two  lower  labials  on  both  sides.  Dorsal  scales 
not  keeled,  in  22-24  rows  around  the  middle  of  the  body.  Fingers  and 
toes  quite  long,  with  claws;  fourth  toe  with  29-31  lamellae.  Heel 
with  a  large  oval  scale.  Body  length  76-78  mm.;  tail  length  117-122 
mm.  Specimens  in  alsohol  are  a  bluish  green  color  throughout.  Mr. 
Reimschiissel  recorded  the  following  concerning  this  skink:  "The 
large  green  lizards  turned  slightly  blue  when  in  solution,  are  usually 
found  on  trees,  especially  where  a  Philodendron  vine  is  growing.  One 
of  these  green  lizards,  when  caught,  vomited  a  part  of  a  grasshopper 
which  is  still  in  the  bottle.  September  5,  caught  three  more  green 
lizards  on  trunks  of  trees;  fellows  in  the  office  say  they  run  about 
in  the  early  morning,  even  jumping  for  flies." 

This  subspecies  is  a  geographical  race  distributed  south  from  the 
Admiralty  Islands  throughout  the  Bismarck  Archipelago,  Solomon 
Islands  to  North  East  New  Guinea.  Loveridge  (1948)  reports  it  from 
many  localities  in  New  Guinea.  Barbour's  type  was  an  adult  from 
Fulkora,  Ysabel  Island,  Solomon  Islands.  The  thirteen  specimens 
from  Los  Negros  are  fairly  uniform  in  size  and  color;  also  in  scale 
counts.  Four  specimens  have  a  22  scale  ring  around  the  body  at  the 
middle;  seven  (23)  and  two  (24).  Twelve  have  eight  supralabials; 
one  (9).  All  have  seven  infralabials,  and  two  have  29  lamellae  un- 
der the  fourth  toe;  seven  (30)  and  two  (31).  The  scalation  is  similar 
in  the  Philippine.  Morotai  and  Los  Negros  specimens.  The  Los 
Negros  specimens  lack  the  dark  spots  and  gray  color  found  on  the 
body  of  the  Morotai  and  Philippine  specimens.    The  dorsal  surface 


Sept.  29,    l()"ll       PACIFIC  ISLANDS  HERPETOLOGY  NO.  IV  5 

of  the  hind  legs  of  the  Los  Negros  specimens  is  brown  in  color  with 
some  white  spots.  The  thirteen  Los  Negros  specimens  average  less  in 
body  measurements  and  are  not  as  robust  in  body  build  as  specimens 
of  this  genus  from  Morotai  and  Philippine  Islands. 

LYGOSOMA    (LEIOLOPISMA)    FUSCUM    LUCTUOSUM   (PETERS 

&    DORIA) 

Heteropus  luctuosus  Peters  &  Doria,  Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Stor.  Nat.  Ge- 
nova,  Vol.  13,  p.  364,  1878. 

BYU  7163-66,  7172-78     Admiralty  Islands     (E.  Reimschiissel)  Aug.  25- 
BYU  7221-26,  7228-30     Los  Negros  30,  1944 

BYU  7240-44 

Rostral  twice  as  broad  as  high,  with  a  broad  contact  between  the 
frontonasal  and  the  nasal;  frontonasal  one  and  one  half  times  as 
broad  as  high,  nostril  in  the  nasal;  no  supranasals;  frontal  as  long  as 
the  frontoparietal  and  in  contact  with  the  two  anterior  supraoculars; 
4  supraoculars;  7  supraciliaries;  interparietal  present  but  small; 
parietals  in  contact;  a  pair  of  nuchals  and  temporals;  7  supralabials, 
4  before  the  subocular;  6  infralabials;  submental  large  and  in  contact 
with  the  first  and  second  infralabials,  31-34  mid-body  scale  rows;  29- 
33  lamellae  under  the  fourth  toe;  total  length,  specimen  BYU  7228, 
160  (55-105)  mm.;  average  body  length  50  mm.,  tail  length  81  mm. 
Color  in  spirits  dark  brown  above,  whitish  on  underside  of  body  and 
the  tail,  otherwise  there  are  no  other  color  markings  on  the  speci- 
mens. 

Reimschiissel  notes  that  these  lizards  are  dark  brown  in  color 
above  and  yellowish  white  beneath.  lie  also  records  finding  this 
brown  colored  species,  and  specimens  that  were  dark  colored  with 
yellow  body  stripes,  associated  together  on  the  coral  rocks. 

For  the  present  I  am  inclined  to  follow  Loveridge  and  consider 
the  subspecies  of  fuscum  in  this  area  to  be  luctuosum.  The  Los  Negros 
specimens  under  consideration  agree  very  closely  in  body  measure- 
ments and  scale  counts  with  Loveridge's  description  and  key  of  the 
subspecies  luctuosum.  Loveridge  considered  one  specimen,  from  New 
Britain  archipelago,  and  now  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zo- 
ology, as  belonging  to  this  subspecies. 

Robert  Sternfeld,  1918,  reported  hygosoma  (Liolepismo)  fuscum 
from  New  Britain  and  Galwan  Island,  one  of  the  Admiralty  group. 
He  reports  that  the  eight  Galwan  Island  specimens  have  32  mid- 
IhkIv  scale  iows.  and  28  to  30  lamellae  under  the  fourth  toe. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
6  VASCO   M.    TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

EMOIA    MIVARTI    BOULENGER 
Boulenger,  Cat.  Liz.  Ill,  p.  292,  pi.  XXIII,  fig.  1,  1887. 

BYU  7167-7171     Admiralty  Islands     (E.  Reimschiissel)     Aug.,  1944 
BYU  7186-7206     Los  Negros  Sept.,  1944 

7234-7239 

Rostral  twice  as  broad  as  high,  in  contact  with  first  upper  labial, 
two  small  nasal  scales  and  frontonasal;  frontonasal  one  and  one  half 
times  as  broad  as  long;  prefrontals  widely  separated  by  the  frontal; 
frontal  as  long  as  the  undivided  frontoparietal;  parietals  and  tem- 
porals large,  nuchals  small;  four  supraocular,  two  loreals  between 
the  nostril  and  preocular;  seven  supraciliaries;  lower  eyelid  with  a 
transparent  disk;  ear  opening  oval,  with  two  short  anterior  lobules; 
supralabials  seven  to  eight,  five  before  the  large  subocular;  seven  to 
eight  infralabials,  submental  larger  than  the  mental.  Scale  rows  at 
the  middle  of  the  body  33  to  36  (4-33,  7-34,  7-35,  2-36),  smooth  and 
smaller  laterally.  Preanals  only  slightly  enlarged.  Length  of  body 
and  tail  120  mm.  (50  +  70).  Limbs  well  developed;  fourth  toe  with 
40  to  46  lamellae. 

The  color  of  preserved  specimens  is  dark  brown  dorsally,  bor- 
dered by  two  whitish  lines  which  involve  part  of  two  rows  of  scales. 
These  two  white  lines  have  their  origin  in  the  supraciliaries  and  pass 
backward  through  the  temporals  and  nuchals  along  the  body  above 
the  bind  legs  and  on  to  the  tail.  Another  pair  of  white  lines  extend 
from  the  supralabials  to  the  groin.  In  some  specimens  there  are  two 
to  five  lines  radiating  out  from  the  axilla.  The  ventral  part  of  the 
body  is  light  in  color. 

Mr.  Reimschiissel  reports  that  live  specimens  of  this  species  had 
white  and  yellowish  stripes  on  the  dark  brown  dorsal  body  wall  and 
were  white  in  color  on  the  venter  and  tail. 

Loveridge,  1948,  considers  Roulenger's  Tygosoma  mivarti 
(part?)  from  Admiralty  Islands  as  a  synonym  of  Emoia  baudinii 
boudinii  D  &  B.  I  have  not  followed  Mr.  Loveridge  in  this  treatment 
of  the  Los  Negros  specimens  since  the  scale  rows  around  the  middle 
of  the  body,  the  lamellae  of  the  fourth  toe,  the  body  and  tail  length, 
and  general  color  agrees  more  with  Boulenger's  description  than  that 
set  forth  for  baudinii  by  Loveridge.  Sternfeld  lists  mivarti  from  the 
Admiralty  Islands.  He  reports  the  body  scale  rows  as  31  to  36  and 
the  lamellae  of  the  fourth  toe  as  35  to  42. 

Specimens  number  BYU  7196  and  7235  are,  through  an  ex- 
change, in  the  Stanford  University  Natural  History  Museum. 


Sept.  29,  1951     pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  iv 

EMOIA    ATROCOSTATA    (LESSON) 
Lesson,  Voy.  Coquille  Zool.  II  p.  50,  pi.  IV,  Fig.  3,  1830 

BYU  7180    Admiralty  Islands     (E.  Reimschiissel)     Sept.  7,  1944 
Los  Negros 

Rostral  two  times  as  broad  as  high,  in  contacl  with  the  firsl 
supralabial,  two  nasal  and  frontonasal  scales;  frontanasal  not  as  high 
as  the  frontal  with  which  it  forms  a  broad  contacl;  a  small  inter- 
parietal separated  from  the  frontoparietal;  two  loreals;  lower  eye- 
lid with  a  transparent  disk;  ear  opeing  as  large  as  the  palpebral  disk; 
mental  larger  than  the  submental;  first  infralabial  wedge  shape  be- 
tween the  mental  and  second  infralabial,  not  in  contact  with  the 
submental.  Seven  lower  and  seven  upper  labials;  39  scale  rows, 
about  the  same  in  size,  around  the  body  at  the  middle;  scales  smooth; 
preanal  scales  enlarged.  Limbs  well  developed;  fourth  toe  with  37 
smooth  lamellae  below. 

Color  greyish  above,  with  small  black  dots  irregularly  placed 
over  the  body;  under  surface  of  body  and  tail  whitish.  Total  length 
of  specimen  is  182  mm.  (63  +  119).  Only  one  specimen  of  this 
species  collected. 

Sternfeld  lists  two  specimens  from  Dim  Island  of  the  Admiralty 
group.  The  body  scale  rows  are  reported  as  38  and  the  lamellae  of 
the  fourth  toe  36-38.  This  species  has  a  wide  distribution  according 
to  Nelly  de  Rooij. 

EMOIA    CYANOGASTER    (LESSON) 

Lesson,  Zool.,  in  Duperry,  Voyage  autour  du  Monde  sur  La  Coquilie, 
Vol.  2,  pt.  1,  p.  47,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  3,  1830. 

BYU  7181,  7233    Admiralty  Islands     (E.  Reimschiissel)     Sept.,  1944 
Los  Negros 

Snout  long,  pointed,  rostal  broader  than  high,  frontonasal  as 
broad  as  high,  frontal  narrowly  in  contact  with  the  frontonasal;  in- 
ternasals  not  longer  than  the  frontal;  interparietal  not  present;  parie- 
tals  large  and  in  contact  behind  the  frontoparietals:  nuchals  and  tem- 
porals small;  loreals,  second  about  twice  as  long  as  the  first;  four 
Mipiaoculars;  six  superciliaries;  lower  eyelid  with  transparent  disc; 
supralabials,  seven  to  eight;  infralabials,  six;  submental  larger  than 
the  mental.  Ear  opening  small,  guarded  with  one  or  two  short  lob- 
ules; body  scales  smooth,  longer  dorsally  than  laterally,  24  rows 
around  middle  of  body;  two  preanal  scales  enlarged;  total  length  of 
specimen  RYU  7181.  178  mm.    (50  +  128),  the  tail  is  more  than  two 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
8  VASCO   M.    TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

and  one  half  times  as  long  as  the  body;  legs  well  developed,  especially 
the  hind  ones  which  may  be  extended  to  reach  the  axilla  of  the  front 
ones;  lamellae  under  the  fourth  toe,  82-87. 

Color  above  brown  with  two  greenish  blue  lines  extending  from 
back  of  the  eyes  to  the  thighs;  iridescent  with  small  black  dots,  under 
color  a  blue-green. 

Sternfeld  reports  one  specimen  of  cyanogaster  from  the  small 
island  of  Pak;  de  Rooij  records  it  from  the  Bismarck  Archipelago  and 
Loveridge  lists  one  specimen  from  New  Britain.  This  species  has 
very  fine  lines  and  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  species  of  the  genus 
Emoia.  Sternfeld  lists  iridescens  Blgr.  from  Pak  island,  while  Love- 
ridge considers  iridescens  as  a  synonym  of  cyanogaster. 

EMOIA    CYANURA    (LESSON) 

Lesson,  Zool.  in  Duperry,  Voyage  autour  du  Monde  sur  La  Coquille, 
Vol.  2  pt.  1,  p.  49,  1830. 

BYU  7182     Admiralty  Islands     (E.  Reimschiissel)     Sept.,  1944 
Los  Negros 

Rostral  about  twice  as  broad  as  high;  nortril  between  three  small 
scales;  frontonasal  broader  than  long,  forming  a  broader  suture  with 
the  rostral  than  the  frontal;  no  internasals  present;  frontal  not  as 
long  as  the  frontoparietal  which  is  single;  interparietal  not  present; 
parietals  large;  nuchals  a  little  broader  than  the  temporals;  lower 
eyelid  with  a  transparent  disk;  ear  opening  oval  with  two  or  three 
short  anterior  lobules;  supralabials  seven,  four  before  the  large  sub- 
ocular,  infralabials  seven;  mental  two  times  as  broad  as  long;  scales 
smooth,  the  dorsal  ones  larger  than  the  lateral  ones.  30  rows  around 
the  middle  of  the  body;  preanal  scales  slightly  enlarged,  69  lamellae 
under  the  fourth  toe.    Total  length  129   (46  +  83). 

Color  black  with  three  cream  white  iridescent  streaks  on  the 
back;  the  dorsal  stripe  covers  the  inner  positions  of  the  two  dorsal 
scale  rows  while  the  two  lateral  stripes  are  on  the  outer  two  thirds  of 
a  scale  row.  The  ventral  color  is  white  under  the  chin  becoming 
bluish  around  the  hind  legs  and  the  tail. 

Eight  specimens  of  this  species  were  reported  from  Olim  Island 
of  the  Admiralty  group  by  Sternfeld.  Reimschiissel  collected  only  a 
single  specimen  on  the  Island  of  Los  Negros.  The  lamellae  of  the 
fourth  toe  on  the  specimen  before  me  are  greater  in  number  than  is 
usually  reported  for  this  species.  The  other  characteristics  seem  to 
justify  considering  it  as  cyanura. 


Sept.  29,  1951     pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  iv  9 

EMOIA    CAERULEOCAUDA    de    VIS 
deVis,  Ann.  Queensland  Mus.,  No.  2,  p.  12,  1892. 

BYU  7183,  7219-20     Admiralty  Islands     (E.  Reimschiissel)  Sept.,  1944 
Los  Negros 

This  species  is  represented  by  three  specimens  which  agree  with 
Loveridge's  findings.  The  prefrontals  are  broad  and  fused  with  the 
interparietal;  parietals  large,  temporals  and  nuchals  small;  lower 
eyelid  with  a  transparent  disk;  ear-opening  oval,  same  size  as  the 
palpebral  disc.  Body  with  31-34  smooth  scales  around  the  middle,  the 
dorsal  scales  larger  than  the  lateral  ones;  fourth  toe  with  46-50 
smooth  lamellae  below. 

Color  in  life  and  spirits  similar  to  cyanura,  except  the  light 
stripes  are  not  as  iridescent  in  caeruleocauda  and  the  under  parts  and 
tail  are  not  as  blue  green. 


LITERATURE    CITED 


Barbour,  Thomas 

1912.  A  Contribution  to  the  Zoogeography  of  the  East  Indian 
Islands.  Mem.  Mus.  of  Comp.  Zool.  Vol.  44,  pp.  1-203, 
pis.  I- VIII. 

Burt,  Charles,  and  May  D. 

1932.  Herpetological  Results  of  the  Whitney  South  Sea  Ex- 
pedition. VI.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  63,  pp.  461- 
597,  figs.  1-38. 

Loveridge,  Arthur 

1948.  New  Guinean  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  in  the  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology  and  United  States  National  Mu- 
seum. Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard  College,  Vol.  101, 
No.  2,  pp.  305-430. 

Rooij.  Nelly  de 

1915.  The  Reptiles  of  the  Indo- Australian  Archipelago  I,  La- 
certilia,  Chelonia,  Emydosouria,  Leiden,  pp.  XIV +  384, 
figs.  1-132. 

Sternfeld,  Robert 

1918.    Zur    Tiergeographie    Papuasiens    und    der    Pacifischen 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
JO  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

Inselwelt.    Abhand,  Senckenbert.    Naturf.  Ges.,  Vol.  36 
pp.  375-436,  pi.  XXXI. 

Tanner,  Vasco  M. 

1950.  Pacific  Islands  Herpetology  No.  Ill,  Morotai  Island. 
Great  Basin  Naturalist,  Vol.  X,  Nos.  1-4,  pp.  1-30,  figs. 
1-13. 


NEW   SPECIES   OF   DOLICHOPODIDAE 
FROM  CALIFORNIA  AND  UTAH    (DIPTERA). 

F.  C.  HARMSTON 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

This  report  includes  descriptions  of  five  apparently  undescribed 
species  of  Dolichopodidae  from  California  and  one  species  from  Utah. 

CHRYSOTUS  SILVICOLUS  Harmston,  n.  sp. 

Male.  Length,  2  mm.  Face  greenish,  lightly  dusted  with  gray 
pollen,  its  lower  portion  extremely  narrow,  barely  separating  the 
eyes.  Front  green,  metallic.  Palpi  white,  very  prominent,  as  long  as 
second  joint  of  middle  tarsi,  each  with  a  conspicious  black  hair  near 
the  tip  on  anterior  surface.  Lower  orbital  cilia  white,  about  eight  of 
the  upper  cilia  on  each  side  black.  Antennae  black;  third  joint  small, 
about  as  long  as  wide,  rounded  at  tip.   Arista  apical. 

Thorax  and  abdomen  green,  metallic,  lightly  dusted  with  brown- 
ish-gray pollen.  Bristles  of  thorax  and  abdomen  black.  Legs  wholly 
black.  Fore  coxae  with  black  hairs  and  bristles  on  anterior  surface. 
All  femora  with  a  row  of  delicate,  black,  hair-like  bristles  on  lower, 
inner  edge.  Posterior  tibiae  not  enlarged,  with  several  prominent 
bristles  on  posterior  surface,  but  without  conspicuous  hairs.  Halteres 
yellow.    Calypters  yellow,  with  black  cilia. 

Wings  gray,  hyline;  fourth  vein  noticeably  convergent  toward 
third  vein  beyond  the  cross-vein,  its  last  portion  parrell  with  third 
vein  and  ending  well  in  front  of  the  apex  of  wing;  cross-vein  situated 
at  basil  third  of  wing,  one-third  the  length  of  apical  segment  of  fifth 
vein. 

Female.  Similar  to  the  male  in  coloration  of  the  body  and  legs. 
Face  as  wide  as  the  distance  between  the  tips  of  third  and  fourth 
longitudinal  veins.    Palpi  black,  much  larger  than  those  of  the  male. 

Described  from  27  males  and  17  females  from  California,  col- 
lected by  Mr.  P.  1 1.  Arnaud,  Jr.,  during  the  period  June  29  to  Aug- 
ust 18,  1948.  Six  males  and  16  females,  which  include  holotype 
male  and  allotype  female,  were  taken  at  Pinecrest.  Tuolumne  Coun- 
ty; 21  males  and  one  female  were  taken  at  Belle  Meadows.  Tuolumne 
County.    Holotype  male  and  allotype  female  to  be  deposited  in  the 


11 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
12  F.   C.   HARMSTON  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  1-2 

insect  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences;  paratypes 
to  be  deposited  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia and  in  the  collection  of  Mr.  Arnaud  and  the  writer. 

Differentia:  Chrysotus  silvicolus  n.  sp.  resembles  C.  calif ornicus 
Van  Duzee,  but  differs  in  possessing  large  white  palpi  and  in  having 
the  cilia  of  calypters  black.  In  californicus  the  palpi  are  small,  black 
and  the  cilia  of  calypters  are  pale. 

MEDETERUS  ARNAUDI  Harmston,  n.  sp. 

Male:  Length,  3  mm.;  length  of  wing,  3.5  mm.  Face  and  front 
thickly  covered  with  silvery-gray  pollen;  width  of  face  equal  to  the 
distance  between  the  tips  of  third  and  fourth  longitudinal  veins. 
Proboscis  and  palpi  black,  the  latter  with  prominent  pale  bristles 
on  anterior  surfaces.  Antennae  black;  third  joint  rounded  at  tip, 
about  as  long  as  wide.  Arista  sub-apical.  Post-orbital  cilia  white, 
except  for  the  upper  six  bristles,  which  are  black. 

Thorax  and  scutellum  dull  green  with  supreous  reflections, 
densely  covered  with  gray  pollen;  bristles  on  dorsum  of  thorax  and 
the  four  prominent  scutellar  bristles,  black;  three  prominent  white 
bristles  are  inserted  in  a  row  above  the  base  of  fore  coxae.  Abdomen 
green,  the  ground  color  almost  completely  obscured  by  the  dense 
covering  of  gray  pollen;  hairs  of  abdomen  pale.  Hypopygium  black; 
posterior  appendages  black,  about  as  long  as  the  maximum  width 
of  posterior  femora,  their  apices  pointed,  with  a  black,  thorn-like, 
oblique  spine  near  the  tip  on  outer  side;  inner  appendages  yellow, 
nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  posterior  appendages. 

Fore  coxae  yellowish-brown,  their  anterior  surface  clothed  with 
pale  hairs,  the  bristles  at  tip  yellow.  Middle  and  hind  coxae  black, 
each  with  a  prominent  white  bristle  on  outer  surface,  their  anterior 
surfaces  with  pale  hairs.  Femora,  tibiae  and  tarsi  yellow,  the  last 
two  joints  of  all  tarsi  and  the  tips  of  the  other  joints  infuscated.  Pos- 
terior femora  with  a  row  of  prominent  yellow  bristles  on  the  upper 
basal  half.  Posterior  basitarsus  narrowed  at  the  base,  where  it  bears 
a  small,  tooth  like  protuberance  on  inner  edge.  Length  of  anterior 
tarsal  joints  as  12-11-9-5-4;  of  middle  tarsi  as  22-11-9-5-4;  of  posterior 
tarsi  as  9-22-11-6-5.  Halteres  and  clypters  white,  the  latter  pale 
cilia. 

Wings  hyaline,  without  maculations,  the  veins  brownish-yellow; 
third   and   fourth  veins  parallel   and  rather  close  together  at  tips; 


Sept.  29,  1951        new  species  of  dolichopodidae  13 

distal  segment  of  fifth  vein  about  one-half  the  length  of  posterior 
cross- vein. 

Female.  Similar  to  male  in  coloration.  The  posterior  basitarsus 
is  not  narrowed  at  the  base,  and  it  lacks  the  tooth-like  protuberance 
present   in  the  male. 

Described  from  36  males  and  48  females  taken  in  California. 
Thirty-four  males  and  all  the  females  were  collected  at  Redwood 
City,  during  the  period  September  2,  1943  to  June  12,  1948  by  Mr. 
P.  H.  Arnaud,  Jr.  One  male  was  taken  by  Mr.  Arnaud  at  San  Jose, 
May  20,  1947;  another  male  was  collected  by  Mr.  W.  W.  Wirth,  at 
Sonoma,  September  3,  1948.  The  types  will  be  distributed  as  follows: 
Holotype  male  and  allotype  female,  both  from  Redwood  City,  June 
12,  1948,  and  several  paratypes  in  the  insect  collection  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Sciences;  paratypes  in  the  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum, University  of  California  and  in  the  collections  of  Mr.  Arnaud 
and  the  writer. 

Differentia:  Medeterus  arnaudi  n.  sp.  closely  resembles  M. 
californieus  Wheeler,  to  which  it  traces  in  the  Van  Duzee  table  of 
North  American  species  of  Medeterus  (Psyche,  35:36-43,  1928). 
However,  in  californieus  the  distal  segment  of  the  fifth  vein  is  only 
one-half  the  length  of  the  posterior  cross-vein;  also,  in  californieus 
the  large  bristles  on  the  outer  surface  of  middle  and  hind  coxae  are 
black,  whereas  with  arnaudi  n.  sp.  the  corresponding  bristles  are 
white. 

APHROSYLUS  WIRTHI  Harmston,  n.  sp. 

Male.  Length,  2  mm.;  length  of  wing,  2.4  mm.  Face  and  front 
velvety  black,  the  former  of  approximately  the  same  width  as  middle 
femur.  Palpi  black,  the  anterior  surfaces  with  a  scattering  of  short, 
stiff  hairs.  Postorbital  cilia  black.  Antennae  black;  third  joint  tri- 
angular, slightly  longer  than  wide,  pubescent,  with  several  short, 
stiff  bristles  near  the  base  on  upper  and  lower  edges.  Arista  apical, 
slightly  longer  than  the  antennae,  its  basal  half  conspicuouslv  thick- 
ened. 

Thorax  dull,  black,  lightly  dusted  with  brownish  pollen;  pleurae 
and  scutellum  concolorous  with  dorsum,  the  latter  with  a  pair  of 
prominent  marginal  bristles  and  a  single  pair  of  small,  hair-like 
bristles  situated  outside  the  larger  pair.    Abdomen  black,  the  first 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
14  F.   C.    HARMSTON  Vol.  XL  NoS.   1-2 

segment  extending  leaf-like  over  the  base  of  the  halteres.  Hypopyg- 
ium  black,  bulbous,  entending  forward  to  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
fifth  segment;  outer  lamellae  black,  broad  at  base,  with  a  lateral, 
leaf-like  process  on  each  side,  narrowed  at  the  middle,  the  apical 
half  finger-like,  curved  upward  and  fringed  with  short  black  hairs. 

Legs  black,  with  conspicuous  black  hairs  and  bristles.  Fore 
coxae  wTith  short,  stiff  black  bristles  on  anterior  surfaces.  Fourth  and 
fifth  segments  of  all  tarsi  compressed  dorso-ventrally.  Calypters  and 
their  cilia  black;  halters  with  black  knob,  the  stem  brownish. 

Wings  uniformly  smoky  gray  in  color;  second,  third  and  fourth 
longitudinal  veins  jet  black  and  very  conspicuously  broadened;  last 
section  of  fifth  vein  and  the  cross-vein  of  equal  length;  anal  angle 
evenly  rounded.  ■ 

Described  from  11  males  and  14  females  taken  in  California  by 
Mr.  W.  W.  Wirth.  Nine  males  and  10  females  were  taken  at  Moss 
Beach,  San  Mateo  County,  March  21,  1948;  one  male  and  two  fe- 
males taken  at  Pebble  Beach,  San  Mateo  County,  January  3,  1948; 
one  male  at  Carmel  Beach,  Monterey  County,  January  4,  1948  and 
two  females  at  Bodega  Bay,  Sonoma  County,  October  19,  1947.  Holo- 
type  male  and  allotype  female,  both  from  Moss  Beach,  San  Mateo 
County,  March  21,  1948  deposited  in  the  California  Academy  of 
Scieneces;  para  types  in  the  collection  of  Mr.  Wirth  and  the  writer. 

Differentia.  Aphrosylus  wirthi  n.  sp.  is  readily  distinguish- 
able from  the  known  members  of  the  genus  by  having  greatly 
broadened  second,  third  and  fourth  longitudinal  wing  veins.  The 
uniformly  dark  wings  and  black  knobs  of  the  halteres  offer  other 
identifying  marks. 

NEURIGONA  TORRIDA  Harmston,  n.  sp. 

Male.  Length,  2.8  mm.;  length  of  wing,  2.6  mm.  Face  silvery 
pollinose,  the  lower  portion  narrowed  with  its  sides  parallel.  Front 
silvery  pollinose.  Palpi  yellow.  Antennae  yellow;  third  joint  brown 
on  apical  half;  arista  black,  dorsal.    Postorbital  cilia  pale. 

Dorsum  of  thorax  and  the  pleurae  greeninsh-black,  with  dense 

covering  of  gray  pollen.    Venter  and  first  two  segments  of  abdomen 

yellow,   the  remainder  of  abdomen  metallic,  green  with  cupreous 

reflections.     Hypopygium   yellow,   rounded   at   apex,    without   con- 
spicuous external  appendages. 


Sept.  29.  1951        mu  species  of  dolichopodidai  15 

Coxae  and  legs  yellow;  middle  coxae  lightly  infuscated  on  outer 
surface.  I  lairs  and  bristles  on  anterior  surface  of  all  coxae,  yellow; 
bristle  on  outer  surface  of  posterior  coxae  brown.  Fore  tibiae  consid- 
erable thickened,  equal  in  diameter  to  the  fore  femora.  First  and  sec- 
ond joints  of  fore  tarsi  of  equal  length,  each  approximate^  one  half 
the  length  of  fore  tibia;  third  joint  yellow,  somewhat  broadened,  one 
half  the  length  of  fourth  joint;  forth  joint  noticeably  flattened,  its 
apical  half  black,  slightly  more  than  twice  the  length  of  third  joint; 
tilth  joint  black,  flattened,  about  one-third  the  length  of  fourth  joint, 
the  inner  claw  normal,  the  outer  claw  greatly  flattened  and  truncate 
at  tip.  Length  of  anterior  tarsal  joints  as  16-16-3-7-3;  of  the  middle 
tarsi  as  32-14-7-5-5;  of  posterior  tarsi  as  20-18-8-6-5.  Halters  and 
calypters  vellow.  the  latter  with  pale  cilia. 

Wings  grayish  hyaline;  fourth  vein  arcuate  from  a  point  slight- 
ly beyond  the  cross-vein,  from  which  point  it  is  bowed  toward  the 
third  vein,  so  that  the  tips  of  third  and  fourth  venin  are  well  in  front 
of  the  apex  of  wing;  distal  segment  of  fifth  vein  slightly  longer  than 
the  cross-vein,  their  comparative  lengths  as  7:5. 

Described  from  one  male  taken  at  Indio,  California,  April  1, 
1948  by  Mr.  R.  Coleman.  This  specimen  was  forwarded  to  me  for 
identification  by  Mr.  W.  W.  Wirth.  The  holotype  male  will  be  de- 
posited in  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Differentia.  The  peculiar  structure  of  the  fore  tarsi  will  readi- 
ly distinguish  Neurigona  torrida  n.  sp.  from  other  members  of  the 
genus. 

SYNTORMON  CALIFORNICUM  Harmston,  n.  sp. 

Male.  Length.  2.7  mm.  Face  approximately  the  same  width 
as  anterior  femur;  lower  two-thirds  densely  silvery  pollinose,  upper 
third  lightly  pollinose,  the  blackish  ground  color  perceptible.  Front 
blue,  metallic.  Antennae  black;  second  joint  overlapping  third  joint 
on  innner  surface  for  about  one-third  its  length;  third  joint  approxi- 
mately the  length  of  posterior  basitarsus,  roughly  three  times  as  long 
as  wide.  Arista  apical,  as  long  as  third  joint.  Lateral  and  inferior 
postorbital  cilia  pale,  the  upper  cilia  black. 

Thorax  dark  green,  metallic,  with  scarcely  a  trace  of  white 
pollen.  Abdomen  concolorous  with  thorax,  yet  the  dorsum  with 
bronze  reflections.  Hypopygium  mostly  embedded;  outer  appen- 
dages small,  elongate-oval,  approximately  the  same  length  as  last 
segment  of  middle  tarsi,  clothed  with  minute  pale  cilia.    Stems  of 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
16  F.   C.    HARMSTON  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

halters  brown,  the  knobs  white;  calypters  white  with  narrow  brown 
margin,  their  cilia  white. 

Coxae,  femora,  posterior  four  tibiae  and  all  tarsi  black;  anterior 
tibiae  and  the  extreme  base  of  the  middle  tibiae  brownish-yellow. 
Fore  coxae  with  white  hairs  and  bristles  on  anterior  surface.  Middle 
femora  with  a  row  of  about  six  evenly-spaced  bristles  on  the  lower 
edge.  Posterior  tibiae  gradually  but  conspicuously  thickened  on 
apical  half.  Posterior  basitarsus  notoiceably  bent,  without  a  sinuate 
bristle  on  lower  surface.  It  is  possible  that  this  species  possesses  a 
sinuate  bristle  on  the  lower  surface  of  posterior  basitarsus,  which 
may  have  been  broken  off  the  single  specimen  at  hand.  Joints  of 
fore  tarsi  as  15-6-5-5-4;  of  middle  tarsi  as  15-6-5-4-4;  of  posterior 
tarsi  as  8-8  (other  joints  missing). 

Wings  grayish  hyaline;  the  apical  one-fourth  conspicuously  in- 
fuscated,  appearing  smoky;  fourth  evin  in  apex  of  wing;  posterior 
cross- vein  olcated  at  middle  of  wing;  wing  norrowed  toward  the  base, 
the  anal  angle  not  at  all  prominent. 

Described  from  one  male  taken  two  miles  east  of  Canby,  Modoc 
County,  California,  July  12,  1947  by  R.  L.  Usinger.  ITolotype  male 
to  be  deposited  in  the  University  of  California  insect  collection. 

Differentia.  Syntormon  californicum  n.  sp.  is  readily  identi- 
fied by  the  coloration  of  its  wings,  it  being  the  only  known  member 
of  the  genus  possessing  wings  with  prominent  infuscation  on  apical 
one-fourth. 

ARGYRA  UTAHNA  Harmston,  n.  sp. 

Male.  Length,  3.6  mm.;  length  of  wing,  3.5  mm.  Face  silvery 
pollinose.  moderately  wide,  equaling  the  width  of  third  antennal 
joint.  Front  lightly  dusted  with  silvery  pollen,  yet  the  greenish 
ground  color  rather  evident  on  upper  portion.  Papi  black,  heavily 
dusted  with  silvery  pollen.  Lower  cilia  and  the  whiskers  white.  An- 
tennae black;  first  joint  with  coarse  black  hairs  on  upper  surface; 
third  joint  long,  obtusely  pointed,  its  length  equaling  the  length  of 
the  posterior  cross-vein.  Arista  apical,  very  prominent  and  equaling 
the  length  of  third  antennal  joint. 

Dorsum  of  thorax  green,  metallic,with  coppery  reflections. 
Pleurae  green  with  violet  reflections,  dusted  with  silvery  pollen. 
Scutellum  metallic  green,  with  four  prominent  marginal  bristles  and 
many  hairs  on  the  dorsum.    Abdomen  dark  green,  metallic,  with 


Sept.  29.  1951         \i  \\  species  of  dolichopodidae  17 

bronze  reflections;  the  second  and  third  segment  each  with  a  large, 
dull  yellowish  area  on  lateral  portions.  Hairs  and  bristles  of  the 
abdomen  black.  Hypopygium  and  the  small  finger-like,  outer  lamel- 
lae black. 

Coxae  black,  the  apices  of  fore  pair  slightly  yellowish;  anterior 
surfaces  of  coxae  with  black  hairs  and  bristles.  Femora  yellow,  the 
posterior  pair  blackened  on  apical  fourth.  Fore  femora  with  long 
slender  black  hairs  on  outer  surface,  their  length  equaling  the  width 
of  femora.  Tibiae  yellow,  the  posterior  pair  blackened  and  slightly 
thickened  on  apical  third.  Fore  tarsi  yellow,  the  fourth  and  fifth 
segments  black;  middle  tarsi  black  from  tip  of  second  segment;  pos- 
terior tarsi  black.  Length  of  fore  tarsal  segment  as  20-6-5-4-4;  of 
middle  tarsi  as  24-9-7-4-4;  of  posterior  tarsi  as  15-12-8-5-3.  llalteres 
yellow;  calypters  yellow  with  black  tip,  their  cilia  pale. 

Wings  grayish  hyaline,  the  veins  brown;  last  section  of  fourth 
vein  bent  forward  at  its  middle;  last  section  of  fifth  vein  one  and 
one-half  times  the  length  of  cross-vein. 

Described  from  one  male  taken  by  the  author  at  Monticello, 
Utah,  July  7,  1946.  Type  to  be  deposited  in  the  California  Academy 
of  Sciences. 

Differentia.  Argyra  utahna  n.  sp.  closely  resembles  A.  nigri- 
coxa  Van  Duzee  in  general  appearance  and  coloration.  While  the 
two  species  differ  in  the  structure  of  the  external  hypopygial  lamellae 
they  are  most  easily  separated  by  the  chaetotaxy  of  middle  femora. 
Nigricoxa  possesses  a  row  of  five  long,  evenly-spaced,  black  bristles 
on  lower  edge  of  middle  femora.  These  bristles  are  longer  than  the 
width  of  femora;  in  the  case  of  utahna  n.  sp.  the  lower  edges  of  mid- 
dle femora  are  devoid  of  conspicuous  bristles. 


ON  EIGHT  NEW  SOUTHERN  MILLIPEDS 

RALPH  V.  CHAMBERLIN 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Biology 

University  of  Utah 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

The  new  millipeds  described  in  the  present  paper  were  detec- 
ted in  the  course  of  a  study  of  a  collection  made  by  Hugh  Hanson, 
now  of  the  Arizona  State  College  at  Tempe,  chiefly  in  June  and 
July  of  1947.  With  the  exception  of  the  type  of  Pseudotremia  han- 
soni,  which  was  taken  at  Pineville,  Ky,  the  specimens  were  all  taken 
near  Gatlinburg,  Tenn.,  in  the  Smoky  Mts.  I  wish  here  to  express 
my  thanks  to  Mr.  Hanson  for  the  privilege  of  examining  his  interest- 
ing collection  and  for  his  patience  in  awaiting  a  delayed  report  on  it. 

Family  Paraiulidae 

UROBLANIULUS  EXUL  Chamberlin,  new  species 

General  color  dark  brown,  without  definite  annuli  or  other 
markings,  but  each  tergite  becoming  darker  toward  its  caudal  margin; 
last  tergite  and  anal  valves  nearly  black.  Head  dark  above,  with  a 
pair  of  light  spots  between  antennae;  paler  on  lower  part  of  face. 
Antennae  nearly  black.    Legs  colorless. 

Stipes  of  mandibles  in  the  male  only  moderately  produced  at 
distal  corner. 

Collum  with  anterolateral  corner  widely  rounded;  a  single 
straight  sulcus  just  above  margining  sulcus  on  each  side. 

Tergites  smooth  and  shining  above,  only  minutely  punctate. 
Segmental  sulcus  sharply  impressed,  not  excurved  at  level  of  the 
repugnatorial  pore  which  is  well  removed  from  it. 

Form  of  cauda  as  shown  in  fig.  1. 

The  features  of  the  gonopods  are  shown  in  figs.  2  and  3. 

Diameter  of  male  holotype,  1.8  mm. 
Locality:    Tenn.:    Gatlinburg  Cove,  July  22,  1948. 

A  para  type  taken  at  the  same  place  on  June  13,  1947,  is  lighter 
in  color  than  above  given  for  the  holotype  and  shows  a  series  of 
black  spots  along  the  sides  over  the  repugnatorial  glands  and  some 
cross-striping  above. 

This  species,  and  the  closely  related  fumans  (Chamb.)  occurring 
in  the  same  region,  differ  from  canadensis,  the  generotype,  super- 

19 


20 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
RALPH  V.   CHAMBERLIN  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  1-2 


Fig.  1.  Uroblaniulus  exul,  n.  sp.  Anal  tergite  viewed  from  the  side. 

Fig.  2.  The  same.   Anterior  gonopods,  cephalic  aspect. 

Fig.  3.  Posterior  gonopods,  caudal  aspect. 

Fig.  4.  Uroblaniulus  dixinus,  n.  sp.  Anal  tergite,  lateral  view. 

Fig.  5.  The  same.    Anterior  gonopods,  caudal  aspect. 

ficially  in  the  less  strongly  uncate  cauda.  In  the  gonopods  they  differ 
from  that  species  in  the  longer  coxites  of  the  anterior  pair  and  in 
the  much  longer,  more  spine-like  process  from  the  mesal  margin  of 
the  principal  branch  of  the  posterior  pair. 


Sept.  29.    1951       ON   EIGHT  NEW  SOUTHERN   MILLIPEDS  21 

UROBLANIULUS  DIXINUS  Chamberlin,  new  species 

Differing  from  fumans  and  exul.  the  two  other  species  of  the 
genus  known  to  occur  in  the  Smoky  Mt.  area,  in  the  larger,  more 
strongly  uncate  Cauda,  as  represented  in  fig.  4,  which  may  be  con- 
trasted with  fig.  1,  representing  the  Cauda  of  exul,  to  which  that  of 
fumans  is  similar.  It  also  differs  from  those  species  in  the  shorter, 
proportionately  broader  coxal  plates  of  the  anterior  gonopods  and  in 
the  broader  distal  ends  of  the  telopidites. 

Anterior  gonopods  of  form  shown  in  fig.  5. 

The  type  specimen  of  this  species  is  strongly  annulate,  there 
being  across  dorsum  of  each  tergite  a  blackish  stripe  behind  the 
sulcus,  this  stripe  narrowing  and  fading  out  down  each  side  and 
above  leaving  a  light  colored  caudal  border;  across  the  dorsum  in 
front  of  the  sulcus  a  dark  band  enclosing  light  spots.  Sides  light. 
Legs  dusky  over  a  yellowish  background.  Antennae  black.  Last 
tergite  and  anal  valves  black. 

Diameter,   1.8  mm. 
Locality:    Tenn.:   Gatlinburg.    July  2,  1947. 

Genus  TENIULUS  Chamberlin,  new 

Characterized  by  having  the  mesal  blade  of  the  posterior  gono- 
pods partly  sheathed  by  the  major  branch,  with  its  free  end  normally 
resting  on  a  pilose  lobe  from  the  mesal  margin  of  the  principal  branch 
on  the  opposite,  ectal,  side  of  which  typically  shows  a  retrorse  process 
or  barb.  Associated  with  each  gonopod  on  its  mesal  side  are  two 
strongly  setiferous  processes  of  which  the  posterior  is  the  longer, 
the  setae  very  long.  Coxal  plates  of  anterior  gonopods  distally  ac- 
uminate and  typically  exceeding  the  telopodites  in  length.  Cauda 
produced  and  more  or  less  uncate  as  in  Uroblaniulus. 

Generotype:    Teniulus  parvior  Chamberlain,  new  species. 
The  genus  includes  also  T.  setosior,  described  below. 

TENIULUS  SETOSIOR  Chamberlin,  new  species 

In  coloration  this  is  normally  a  strongly  annulate  form,  show- 
ing apale  caudal  border  on  each  tergite  in  front  of  which  is  a  brown 
to  chestnut  annulus;  in  front  of  the  sulcus  across  dorsum  a  blackish 
band  enclosing  a  series  of  light  dots.  Last  tergite  and  anal  valves 
black.  Antennae  usually  nearly  black.  Legs  brown  or  dusky  over 
a  yellowish  background.    Head  with  the  usual  black  areas  between 


22 


RALPH    V.    CHAMBERLIN 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XI,  Nos.  1-2 


eyes  and  extending  down  between  antennae  where  it  encloses  a  pair 
of  rather  large  light  spots. 

The  stipes  of  mandibles  are  shown  in  fig.  6. 

From  the  closely  related  T.  parvior  readily  distinguished  in 
having  the  cauda  more  strongly  uncate,  this  near  its  middle  being 
bent  down  in  the  vertical  direction  as  shown  in  fig.  7. 

Gonopods  as  represented  in  figs.  8  and  9.  In  the  anterior  pair 
it  will  be  noted  that  the  coxites  are  more  slender  and  more  prolonged 
than  in  parvior. 

This  is  a  slender  form  in  which  the  male  is  about  1.6  mm.  in 
diamenter,  the  female  1.8-1.9  mm. 

Locality:    Tenn.:    Gatlinburg. 


Fig.  6.  Teniulus  setosior,  n.  sp.   Stripes  of  right  manible,  lateral  view. 

Fig.  7.  The  same.   Anal  tergite,  lateral  view. 

Fig.  8.  The  same.    Anterior  gonopods,  cephalic  aspect. 

Fig.  9.  The  same.   Posterior  gonopods,  caudal  aspect. 


Sept.  29,  1951    on  eight  new  southern  millipeds 


23 


The  male  holotype  was  taken  July  27,  1947  in  the  oak-chestnut 
area.    Three  females  were  taken  in  "grassy  bald"  on  July  2,  1947. 

TENIULUS  PARVIOR  Chamberlin,  new  species 

Color  pattern  nearly  as  in  setosior.  From  that  species  readily 
distinguishable  by  its  smaller  size  and  the  form  of  the  Cauda,  this 
being  straight  over  most  of  its  length  and  bent  down  only  toward 
the  distal  end  as  shown  in  fig.  10. 

Gonopods  as  represented  in  figs.  11  and  12. 

Diameter,  1  to  1.5  mm. 

Locality:    Term.:    Gatlinburg. 

About  twenty  specimens,  partly  immature  and  mostly  females, 
taken  June  21,  1947  in  "grassy  bald",  also  three  specimens,  including 
the  male  holotype,  taken  June  18,  1947  in  "spruce-fir." 


Fig.  10.     Teniulus  parvior,  n.  sp.   Anal  tergite,  lateral  view. 
Fig.  11.     The  same.    Anterior  gonopods,  cephalic  aspect. 
Fig.  12.     Left  posterior  gonopod,  cephalic  aspect. 

Genus  SHOSHONIULUS  Chamberlin,  new 

Differing  from  the  related  Uroblaniulus  and  Teniulus  in  the 
large  bent  telopodites  of  the  anterior  gonopods  and  especially  in  the 
posterior  gonopods  which  apparently  lack  seteferous  lobes  and  the 
anterior  branches  of  which  meet  at  the  mesal  line. 


24 


RALPH   V.    CHAMBERLIN 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XI,  Nos.  1-2 


Generotype:    Sailus  atlantus  Chamberlin 

In  addition  to  Shoshoniulus  idahoanus,  Saiulus  atlantus,  would 
seem  to  conform  to  this  genus. 

Family  Conotylidae 
TRICHOPETALUM  MONTIS  Chamberlin,  new  species 

Of  a  dilute  yellowish  color,  the  legs  colorless. 

Ocelli  black,  forming  a  lunate  patch;  typically  9  in  number, 
arranged  in  two  series,  with  six  in  the  upper  row  and  three  in  the 
lower.  Antennae  with  first  four  joints  slender,  the  fifth  abruptly 
clavately  much  thickened;  third  and  fifth  joints  longest.  (See  fig.  13). 

The  distinctive  features  of  the  male  gonopods  and  of  the  ninth 
legs  are  shown  in  figs.  14  and  15. 

Length,  about  4.5  mm. 

Locality:    Tenn.:    Gatlinburg. 

A  male  taken  in  grassy  area  July  18,  1947  and  a  male  in  spruce- 
fir  area  July  11,  1947. 


Fig.  13.  Trichopefalum  montis,  n.  sp.   Antenna. 

Fig.  14.  The  same.   A  gonopod,  anterolateral  view. 

Fig.  15.  The  same.    A  ninth  leg  of  male,  anterior  aspect. 

Fig.  16  Borarja  monticolene,  n.  sp.    Right  gonopod,  preaxial  view. 


Sept.  29,  1951    on  eight  new  southern  millipi  ds 


25 


In  arrangement  of  ocelli  similar  to  T.  lunatum  Harger,  the 
generotype,  but  in  the  structure  of  the  gonopods  quite  distinct  from 
tliat  and  others  so  far  known. 

Family  Cleidogonidae 
PSEUDOTREMIA  HANSONI  Chamberlin,  new  species 

Color  horn  brown,  paler  on  lower  part  of  sides  and  in  an  areo- 
late  spot  mesad  of  each  shoulder  in  each  tergite  and  in  a  stripe  along 
median  sulcus;  prozonites  more  greyish.  Legs  yellow,  with  tarsi  dar- 
ker, brownish. 

Body  less  fusiform  than  usual,  being  of  nearly  uniform  width 
from  sixth  to  twentieth  segment. 

Ocelli  about  21  in  number,  arranged  in  five  definite  series  par- 
allel with  vertex  of  head;  e.g.,  6,5,5,3,2,  from  above  downward. 

Collum  margined  anteriorly,  thickened  below  each  lateral  angle. 

Shoulders  of  the  following  segments  prominent  in  the  more  an- 
terior ones,  gradually  decreasing  to  the  twenty-sixth  segment.  Lat- 
eral striae  conspicuous  on  all  segments  except  the  last  few  where 
they  are  obsolete.  Tergites  of  first  three  segments  essentially  smooth. 
Beginning  on  fourth  tergite  a  few  longitudinal,  narrow  and  keel-like 
tubercles  mesad  of  each  shoulder,  these  tubercles  becoming  more 
numerous  in  going  caudad.  and  in  the  middle  region  forming  several 
irregular  transverse  series,  the  anterior  of  which  extends  mesad  to 
the  middle  line  or,  on  more  caudal  segments,  to  the  submesal  seti- 
gerous  tubercle  on  each  side.  Tubercles  present  on  all  tergites  to 
the  twenty-sixth,  the  27  to  29th  tergites  more  simply  longitudinally 
rugose  over  the  posterior  portion. 

Length,  29  mm.;  width.  3  mm. 

Locality:  Ky.:    Pineville.    One  female  taken  July  10,  1947. 

Differing  from  carterensis  Bollman,  in  having  the  dorsal  tuber- 
cles elongate,  ridge-like  and  of  variable  size  instead  of  rounded  tu- 
bercles of  nearly  uniform  size.  Differing  from  simulans  Loomis,  a 
similarly  large  species,  in  the  somewhat  more  numerous  and  more 
regularly  arranged  ocelli,  in  the  more  strongly  compressed,  ridge- 
like  tubercles,  and  apparently  in  coloration. 

PSEUDOTREMIA  FRACTA  Chamberlin,  new  species 

Dorsum  and  antennae  light  brown  or  grayish  brown;  mesad  of 
each  shoulder  the  usual  light  mottled  area.   Legs  pale. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
26  RALPH   V.    CHAMBERLIN  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

Eyes  pigmented;  composed  of  about  10  ocelli,  these  arranged  in 
three  series  parallel  with  the  top  of  head,  e.g.,  4,4,2. 

Tuberculatum  very  strong;  on  a  typical  segment  those  on  the 
posterior  border  are  elevated  beads  of  circular  or  oval  outline,  those 
on  the  anterior  part  are  elongated  and  moderately  compressed  from 
side  to  side;  tubercles  present  on  all  tergites  from  the  second  caudad, 
but  those  of  the  first  ones  few  and  confined  to  posterior  area  of  ter- 
gite. 

Width,  2.2  mm. 

Locality:    Tennessee:     Gatlinburg  Cove,  A  female  taken  June  24, 
1924. 

Characterized  especially  by  the  form  and  distinctness  of  the 
dorsal  tubercles,  the  number  of  ocelli  and  the  pigmentation. 

Family  Xystodesmidae 

BORARIA  MONTICOLENS  Chamberlin,  new  species 

A  smaller  species  than  B.  brunnior  Chamb.  which  occurs  in  the 
same  general  area.  From  that  species  it  differs  in  the  details  of  the 
gonopods.  (Fig.  16)  In  these  the  principal  blade  is  longer,  more 
slender,  and  but  moderately  and  evenly  curved  instead  of  being 
rather  abruptly  bent  mesad  as  it  is  in  brunnior  and  geniculata.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  prefemoral  spine  is  proportionately  broader  and 
shorter. 

The  type  is  brown  above,  with  a  band  along  posterior  margin 
of  tergites  yellowish,  and  with  a  yellow  spot  also  on  most  of  the  keels. 
Pleurae,  venter,  legs  and  antennae  yellow. 

Width,  3.8  mm. 

Location:    Tennessee:    Great  Smoky  Mts.  National  Park.  One  male. 


RECORDS   OF   AMERICAN   MILLIPEDS   AND   CENTIPEDS 
COLLECTED  BY  DR.  D.  ELDEN  BECK  IN   1950 

RALPH  V.  CHAMBERLIN 

Emiritus  Professor  of  Biology 

University  of  Utah 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

In  the  course  of  field  work  carried  out  in  various  parts  of  the 
United  States  in  1950,  Dr.  D.  Elden  Beck,  Brigham  Young  University, 
Provo,  Utah,  incidentally  collected  the  millipeds  and  centipeds  listed 
in  the  present  paper.  Included  in  the  list,  however,  are  a  few  forms 
taken  during  earlier  years.  The  collection  is  of  interest  not  only  in 
embracing  representatives  of  the  four  new  species  herein  diagnosed, 
but  also  in  adding  important  distributional  data  on  previously  known 
forms. 

DIPLOPODA 
Order  POLYDESMIDA 

Family  Polydesmidae 
POLYDESMUS  COMPLANATUS  Linne 

New  Jersey:    Nutley,  May  7,  1950,  males  and  females. 
A  species  introduced  from  Europe. 

PSEUDOPOLYDESMUS  SERRATUS  (Say) 

Maryland:    Bethesda,  November  4,  1949,  two  specimens;  Vermont: 
Barre,  June  10,  1950,  one  female. 

DIXIDESMUS  PHANUS  Chamberlin,  new  species 

A  species  most  closely  related  to  D.  conlatus  (Chamberlin)  and 
D.  sylvicolens  Chamberlin.  In  size,  it  is  much  smaller  than  the  for- 
mer, its  length  being  18  mm.  as  against  22  mm.  or  more,  and  some- 
what larger  than  the  latter. 

From  both  those  species  the  present  one  differs  in  the  details  of 
the  gonopods  of  the  male,  e.g.  in  having  a  terminal  tooth  set  at  right 
angles  to  the  axis,  in  the  arrangement  of  the  teeth  and  setae  on  the 
terminal  division,  in  the  larger  ectal  process  which  extends  farther 
caudad  and  overlaps  the  axillary  spine,  and  in  having  the  tooth  on 
the  mesal  edge  proximad  of  the  level  of  the  cushion  abortive.  The 
axillary  seta  or  spine  is  characteristically  geniculate  near  its  base 
and  arises  much  closer  to  the  cushion  than  in  the  other  species.  See 
further  Fig.  1. 

27 


28 


RALPH   V.    CHAMBERLIN 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XI,  Nos.  1-2 


Fig.  1.     Dixidesmus  phanus,  n.  sp.   Left  gonopod  of  male,  ectal  aspect. 
Fig.  2.     Auturus  becki,  n.  sp.    Right  gonopod  of  male,  caudal  aspect. 
Fig.  3.     Nannolene  corticolens,  n.  sp.  Gonopods  of  male,  anterior  aspect. 

Locality:  Florida,  Suwannee  River.  Five  specimens  were  taken  on 
April  15,  1950.  Type  and  para  types  in  writer's  collection,  University 
of  Utah. 

Family  Xystodesmidae 
APHELORIA  CORIACEA  (Koch) 
New  York:    Ithaca,  June  13,  1950,  male  and  female. 

EPELORIA  LEIACANTHA  Chamberlin 

Georgia:  Ft.  Benning,  one  male,  which  is  larger  in  size  than  the 
types,  taken  April  16,  1950. 

HARPAPHE  sp. 

California:  Muir  Woods  National  Monument,  one  female  of  uncer- 
tain species,  August  10,  1950. 

ZINARIA  CALA  Chamberlin 
Florida:    Suwannee  River,  one  male,  April  15,  1950. 

Family  Eurydesmidae 
SEMIONELLUS  PLACIDUS   (Wood) 
Georgia:    Ft.  Benning,  four  specimens,  April  16,  1950. 


Sept.  29,  1951    American  millipeds  and  centipeds  29 

Family  Stiodesmidae 

PSOCHODESMUS  CRESCENTIS  Cook 

Florida:    Archbold  Biological  Station  at  Lake  Placid;  several  speci- 
mens, April  7,  1950. 

Family  Strongylosomidae 

OXIDUS  GRACILIS  (C.  Koch.) 

North  Carolina:    Greensboro,  several  specimens,  April  22,  1950. 

An  Asiatic  species  introduced  and  now  widely  established,  es- 
pecially familiar  in  greenhouses. 

Family  Euryuridae 
AUTURUS  BECKI   Chamberlin,  new  species 

Dorsum  dark  brown,  with  the  usual  median  light  spot  on  caudal 
border  of  each  tergite,  this  spot  very  large  and  probably  orange  or 
yellow  in  life  but  now  bleached  out;  a  similar  light  spot  on  and  ad- 
jacent to  each  keel.    Legs  yellow. 

Last  dorsal  plate  with  sides  parallel  over  middle  part  of  length, 
and  caudad  of  this  a  little  converging  to  the  rounded  posterior  cor- 
ners; caudal  margin  slightly  indented  at  middle. 

The  gonopods  of  male  nearest  in  form  to  those  of  A.  georgianus 
Chamberlin,  but  more  robust;  the  outer  distal  lobe  relatively  more 
elongate,  and  more  curved  and  pointed  at  the  end  instead  of  being 
widely  rounded.    See  further,  Fig.  2. 

Length,  23  mm.;  width,  2.8  mm. 
Locality:    Florida,  Suwannee  River,  five  specimens,  April  15,  1950. 
Type  and  paratypes  in  writer's  collection,  University  of  Utah. 

Order  JULIDA 

Family  Julidae 

DIPLOIULUS  HORTENSIS   (Wood) 

Vermont:    Quechee  (near  Randolph),  one  specimen,  June  9,  1950. 

A  species  well  established  in  the  Eastern  States  but  probably 
originally  introduced  from  Europe  where,  in  recent  years,  it  has 
been  most  commonly  known  as  Cylindroiulus  frisius  Verhoeff. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
30  RALPH   V.    CHAMBERLIN  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

DIPLOIULUS  CAERULEOCINCTUS   (Wood) 

New  Jersey:  Nutley,  several,  May  7,  1950;  Vermont:  Quechee,  one 
female,  June  9,  1950. 

This  species,  abundant  in  the  east,  is  an  essentially  synanthropic 
form  which  occurs  commonly  also  in  England  and  other  parts  of 
western  Europe. 

OPHYIULUS  PILOSUS   (Newport) 

Virginia:  Charlottesville,  several  specimens,  April  26,  1950;  Ver- 
mont: Quechee  (near  Randolph),  one  specimen,  June  9,  1950. 

Family  Nemasomidae 

NOPOIULUS  MINUTUS  (Brandt) 

Utah:  Salem,  several  specimens,  April  15,  1949.  Provo,  one  speci- 
men, October  18,  1950. 

A  synanthropic  species  introduced  from  Europe. 

Family  Paraiulidae 

TAIULUS  TIG  ANUS  ( Chamberlin ) 

Utah:  Springville,  several,  collected  by  V.  J.  Tipton,  April  6,  1949, 
Canyon  Glen  at  Provo  Canyon,  several  specimens  taken  by  D.  Elden 
Beck,  May  22,  1947. 

Order  LYSIOPETALIDA 

Family  Callipodidae 

SPIROSTREPHON  LACTARIUM   (Say) 

New  York:    Ithaca,  one,  June  19,  1940. 

In  addition  immature  specimens  of  this  or  a  related  form  were 
taken  at  Lake  Placid,  Florida. 

Order  SPIROBOLIDA 

Family  Spirobolidae 

SPIROBOLUS  SPINIGERUS  Wood 

Florida:  Archbold  Biological  Station  at  Lake  Placid,  several  speci- 
mens, March  16,  1950,  at  Ocala,  one  female,  April  13,  1950. 


Sept.   12(>.    I('")l       AMERICAN    MILLIPEDS  AND  CENTIPEDS  31 

Order  CAMBALIDA 

Family  Cambalidae 

NANNOLENE  CORTICOLENS  Chamberlin,  now  species 

P>D(I\  conspicuously  annulate,  rings  of  dark  brown  to  nearly 
black  alternating  with  pale  rings;  last  tergite  dark  brown  with  caudal 
border  pale,  this  border  variable  in  width.  In  specimens  in  full  color 
the  seriate  dark  spots  along  the  sides  are  small  or  obscure,  but  these 
spots  show  distinctly  in  paler  individuals.  Legs  and  antennae  yellow. 
The  head  pale  across  vertex,  the  color  solid;  a  dark  line  between  in- 
ner angles  of  eyes  and  the  area  below  this  a  lighter  dusky  color  down 
to  the  pale  clypeus,  the  dusky  area  enclosing  below  level  of  antennae 
two  darker,  usually  elongate  spots  above  and  below  which  are  paler 
areas.  Body  entirely  lacking  the  violaceous  pigment  giving  name  to 
N.  violacea. 

Ocelli  mostly  18  to  20  in  number. 

Bod}'  having  the  usual  beaded  or  moniliform  appearance;  mod- 
erately constricted  behind  collum  in  the  female,  more  strongly  so  in 
the  male.  Last  tergite  long. 

Appearing  distinct  from  previously  described  forms  in  the  de- 
tails of  the  male  gonopods;  e.g.,  in  the  proportions  of  the  anterior 
sternite,  the  form  of  the  distal  ends  of  the  anterior  coxae  which  widen 
proximad  more  gradually  than  in  violacea  and  have  their  distal  ends 
more  decidedly  truncate.   For  these  and  other  details  see  Fig.  3. 

Number  of  segments,  mostly  54-55. 

Length,  up  to  20  mm. 
Locality:    California,  Marsh  Creek  Springs  (near  Concord)  at  north 
base  of  Mt.  Diablo,  several  specimens  of  both  sexes.  August  14,  1950. 
rype  and  paratypes  in  writer's  collection,  University  of  Utah. 

CHILOPODA 
Order  LITTTOBIIDA 
Family  Lithobiidae 
LITHOBIUS  FORFICATUS  (Linne) 
Nevada:    McGill,  one  male  and  two  females,  August  5,  1950;  Ne- 
braska: North  Platte,  two  males,  June  22,  1950;  Vermont:  Quechee 
(near  Randolph),  two  males,  June  9,  1950,  Rutland,  one  male  and 
two  females,  June  10,  1950,  Barre.  two  males  and  one  female.  June 
10.  1950;  New  York:    Albany,  a  male  and  female.  June  11.   1950; 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
32  RALPH   V.   CHAMBERLIN  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  1-2 

New  Jersey:  Nutley,  two  males,  May  7,  1950;  Maryland:  Bethesda, 
a  male  and  female,  November  4,  1949. 

LITHOBIUS  ATKINSONI  Bollman 
Georgia:    Ft.  Benning,  a  female,  April  16,  1950. 

NEOLITHOBIUS  ETHOPUS  Chamberlin 

Florida:  Gainsville,  a  male  and  female,  April  14,  1950,  Archbold 
Biological  Station  at  Lake  Placid,  one  male,  April  7,  1950,  Suwannee 
River  (near  Oldtown),  two  females,  April  15,  1950. 

NEOLITHOBIUS  MORDAX   (L.  Koch) 
Nebraska:    Omaha,  a  male  and  female,  June  20,  1950. 

NEOLITHOBIUS  TRANSMARINUS   (L.  Koch) 

Louisiana:  Camp  Plauche  (near  New  Orleans),  four  males  and  one 
female,  January  24,  1944. 

NEOLITHOBIUS  UNDERWOODI   (Bollman) 
Georgia:    Ft.  Benning,  a  male  and  female,  October  24,  1943. 

NEOLITHOBIUS  VORAX  (Meinert) 

Florida:  Archbold  Biological  Station  at  Lake  Placid,  one  female, 
March  11,  1950. 

NEOLITHOBIUS  XENOPUS   (Bollman) 
Georgia:    Ft.  Benning,  one  female,  November  12,  1943. 

This  species,  originally  described  in  1888  from  a  single  male 
taken  at  Macon,  Georgia,  has  not  been  since  recorded  until  now.  In 
addition  to  the  specimen  taken  by  Dr.  Beck,  there  were  found,  in  the 
course  of  the  present  study,  nine  additional  specimens  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Utah  collection  that  were  taken  at  Gainsville,  Florida  in 
1942  (Ivie,  collector). 

GARIBIUS  GEORGIAE  Chamberlin 
Georgia:    Ft.  Benning,  one  female,  November  20,  1943. 

PAOBIUS  VAGRANS  Chamberlin 
Vermont:    Quechee  (near  Randolph),  one  female,  June  9,  1950. 

TAIYUBIUS  HARRIETAE  Chamberlin 
Nevada:    McGill,  one  male,  August  5,  1940. 
Previously  known  from  Colorado. 


Sept.  29.  1951     American  millipeds  and  centipeds  33 

Family  Gosibiidae 

GOSIBIUS  SACCHAROGEUS  Chamberlin 

Louisiana:  Camp  Plauche  (near  New  Orleans),  a  male  and  female, 
January  24,  1944. 

Previously  known  only  from  Texas. 

Order  SCOLOPENDRIDA 

Family  Cryptopidae 

CRYPTOPS  HYALINUS  (Say) 

Georgia:    Ft.  Benning,  two  imperfect  specimens,  November  20,  1943. 

OTOCRYPTOPS  SEXSPINOSUS  (Say) 

New  York:  Ithaca,  one  specimen,  June  13,  1950;  North  Carolina: 
Greensboro,  several  partly  grown,  April  22,  1950;  Florida:  Gains- 
ville,  two  specimens,  April  14,  1950;  Archbold  Biological  Station  at 
Lake  Placid,  two  adults  and  one  female  with  many  young,  March  5, 
1950;  California:  Yosemite  National  Park,  two  specimens,  August 
17,  18,  1950;  Muir  Woods  National  Monument,  several,  August  10, 
1950. 

THEATOPS  POSTICUS  (Say) 

Florida:  Archbold  Biological  Station  at  Lake  Placid,  eight  specimens 
taken  April  7  and  March  5-7,  1950;  Gainsville,  one,  April  14,  1950. 

Family  Scolopendridae 

SCOLOPENDRA  VIRIDIS  Say 

Florida:  Archbold  Biological  Station  at  Lake  Placid,  one,  March  7, 
1950. 

SCOLOPENDRA  POLYMORPHA  Wood 

Utah:  Arches  National  Monument,  two  variant  specimens,  May  12, 
1949. 

SCOLOPENDRA  PACHYGNATHA  Pocock 

Florida:  Archbold  Biological  Station  at  Lake  Placid,  two,  March  11, 
1950. 

Previously  known  only  from  Mexico  (Zacatecas) 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
34  RALPH    V.    CHAMBERLIN  Vol.  XI,  NoS.    1-2 

Odrer  GEOPHILIDA 

Family  Chilenophilidae 
ARCTOGEOPHILUS  XENOPORUS  (Chamberlin) 

California:  Yosemite  National  Park,  one  specimen,  probably  this 
species,  taken  August  17,  1950. 

ARCTOGEOPHILUS  UMBRATICUS   (McNeill) 
North  Carolina:    Greensboro,  one  specimen,  April  22,  1950. 

PACHYMERIUM  FERRUGINEUM   (C.  L.  Koch) 
Nebraska:    Omaha,  two  specimens,  June  20,  1950. 

Family  Geophilidae 

ARENOPHILUS  BIPUNCTICEPS   (Wood) 

Georgia:  Athens,  two,  April  19,  1950;  Virginia:  Charlottesville,  one 
April  26,  1950;  Louisiana:  Camp  Plauche  (near  New  Orleans),  four 
specimens,  January  24,  1944;  Nebraska:  North  Platte,  one  specimen, 
June  22,  1950,  Omaha,  one,  June  20,  1950. 

GEOPHILUS  MORDAX  Meinert 

Florida:  Kissimmee  River,  one,  March  13,  1950,  Archbold  Biologi- 
cal Station  at  Lake  Placid,  one,  March  5,  1950. 

GEOPHILUS  BECKI  Chamberlin,  new  species 

Color  of  preserved  specimens  in  general  orange  yellow,  the  head 
and  antennae  darker  orange  or  somewhat  chestnut.  Legs  clear  yel- 
low. 

Cephalic  plate  broad,  with  anterior  and  caudal  ends  truncate. 
Prebasal  plate  a  little  exposed  at  the  middle.  No  definite  clypeal 
foveolae.  Median  division  of  labrum  large,  bearing  six  stout,  strongly 
sclerotized  teeth  which  are  distally  blunt  or  subtruncate  (at  least  in 
the  specimen  dissected);  lateral  pieces  with  long  pectinae.  First 
maxillae  each  with  two  long  membraneous  lappets. 

Basal  plate  broadly  trapeziform,  wider  posteriorly  than  the 
head.  Claws  of  prehensors  when  closed  reaching  nearly  to  the  end  of 
the  first  antennal  joint;  claws  with  an  obscure  nodule  at  base  within, 
the  outer  joints  unarmed.    Chitinous  lines  fine,  incomplete. 

Dorsal  plates  deeply  bisulcate. 


Sept.  12().    1(>">1       AMERICAN    MILLIPEDS  AND  CENTIPEDS  35 

First  spiracle  largest,  slightly  elliptic,  the  others  circular. 

Anterior  sternites  with  a  shallow  mediam  depression  crossed 
by  a  median  longitudinal  furrows  which  does  not  extend  upon  either 
anterior  or  posterior  border.   Ventral  pores  not  detected. 

Tergite  of  last  pedifierous  segment  broader  than  long,  its  caudal 
margin  mesally  straight  and  as  long  as  the  anterior. 

Last  ventral  plate  also  wider  than  long,  narrowing  moderately 
from  the  middle  candid,  but  the  caudal  margin  long  and  nearly 
straight:  lateral  margins  convex.  Coxal  pores  about  a  dozen  on  each 
side,  arranged  along  and  beneath  the  border  of  the  sternite. 

Anal  legs  of  moderate  length,  bearing  claws. 

Genital  segment  subdensely  hairy,  the  hairs  short  and  erect, 
anal  pores  present. 

Pairs  of  legs  in  the  female,  61-63. 

Length,  about  50  mm. 
Locality:    California,  Cabrillo  Beach  near  San  Pedro.    Three  adult 
females  and  two  young  specimens  taken  August  22,  1950.  Specimens 
found  under  rocks  and  kelp  at  ocean  water's  edge.    Type  and  para- 
types  in  writer's  collection,  University  of  Utah. 

This  species  resembles  rather  closely  G.  nicolanus  Chamberlin, 
known  only  from  San  Nicolas,  Id.,  but  distinct  in  the  presence  of 
anal  pores,  in  having  the  last  tergite  caudally  truncate  instead  of 
strongly  convex,  in  the  presence  of  the  nodule  or  denticle  at  the  base 
of  the  claws  of  the  prehensors. 

Family  Linotaeniidae 

LINOTAENIA  CHIONOPHILA  (Wood) 

California:   Yosemite  National  Park,  two  specimens,  August  17,  1950. 

LINOTAENIA  LAEVIPES  (Wood) 
California:    Mill  Valley,  one,  August  10,  1950. 

Family  Schendylidae 

SCHENDYLA  NEMORENSIS   (Kock) 

Utah:    Lehi,  one  female,  April  22,  1949. 

A  species  probably  introduced  from  Europe  but  now  widespread 
in  cultivated  areas  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  especially  in  the 
eastern  and  central  states. 


NEW  NEOTROPICAL  WATER-STRIDERS  (Hemiptera-Veliidae) 

CARL  J.  DRAKE 
Ames,  Iowa 

This  paper  is  based  upon  material  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum 
and  the  private  collection  of  the  author.  It  includes  the  description 
of  one  new  species  from  Costa  Rica  and  three  from  the  West  Indies. 
Notes  are  also  given  on  some  new  synonymy,  and  a  new  name  is 
proposed  for  a  preoccupied  one.  Unless  otherwise  stated  under  the 
description,  the  types  are  in  the  collection  of  the  author.  The  units 
of  measure  may  be  converted  into  millimeters  by  dividing  by  80. 

MICROVELIA  SIGNATA  Uhler 

Microvelia  signata  Uhler,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ser.  2,4:288.   1894. 
Microvelia  setipes  Champion,  Biol.  Centr.  Amer.,  Rhynch.,  2:130,  PI.  8, 

fig.  19.    1898  (N.  sym.) 
Microvelia   oreades   Drake   and   Harris,   Ohio   Jr.   Sci.,  28(5)  :274.    1928 
(N.  syn.). 

M.  setipes  champion  and  M.  oreades  Drake  and  Harris  are  both 
apterous  forms  of  M.  signata  Uhler,  and  are  here  suppressed  as  syn- 
onyms of  the  latter.  Several  hundred  specimens  (apterous  and  mac- 
ropterous)  have  been  examined  from  United  States  (Calif.,  Ariz., 
N.  Mex.  and  Utah)  and  Mexico.  The  type  of  M.  signata  was  taken 
in  Lower  California.    The  apterous  form  vary  considerable  in  size. 

MICROVELIA  INTONSA,  new  name 
Microvelia  crinata  Drake,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc,  Wash.,  64:76.   1951. 

As  a  result  ot  a  typograpmcal  error,  which  i  tailed  to  correct 
in  manuscript  and  proof,  the  name  "crinata"  was  wrongly  used  for 
"crinita."  As  M.  crinita  (Hoberlandt,  DIAMANTER  DE  ANGOLA, 
MUSEU  DO  DUNDO,  p.  36,  figs.  103-113,  1950)  is  preoccupied,  the 
name  intonsa  is  here  proposed  for  M.  crinata  Drake.  The  extremely 
long  hairs  on  the  legs  separate  intonsa  from  all  of  the  described 
species  of  American  Microvelia  West  wood. 

MICROVELIA  OAXACANA  Drake,  n.  sp. 

Apterous  forms:  Elongate,  moderately  broad,  dark  brown-lu- 
scous  with  a  few  small  bluish  spots  on  abdomen;  body  beneath  dark 
fuscous-brown  with  bluish  tinge,  the  venter  sometimes  mostlv  brown- 
ish. 

Size:    Length,  2.00-2.20  mm.;    width,  0.75  mm. 

Head:  Width  across  eyes,  0.62  mm.  Convex  with  media  line 
distinct,  a  small  patch  of  long  brown  hairs  behind  each  eye;  rostrum 

37 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
38  CARL  J.    DRAKE  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

yellowish  brown  with  terminal  segment  dark  fuscous.  Antennae 
long,  slender,  dark  brown  with  basal  segment  paler,  shortly  pilose 
with  a  few  slightly  longer  hairs  on  last  three  segments;  segment  I 
moderately  stout,  a  little  bowed,  stouter  than  two;  III  and  IV  long, 
slender,  equal  in  thickness;  formula — I,  22;  II,  15;  III,  32;  IV,  32. 

Thorax:  Pronotum  very  large,  covering  rest  of  thorax,  pitted, 
wider  than  long  (55:34),  slowly  broadly  rounded  behind,  moderately 
clothed  with  very  short  yellowish  pubescence.  Legs  long,  slender, 
clothed  with  short  hairs,  the  basal  part  of  femora  above,  entire  coxae 
and  trochanters  and  all  of  femora  beneath  pale.  Hind  femora  scar- 
cely thicker  than  middle  pair,  without  spines. 

Abdomen:  Length,  1.28  mm.  Pubescence  slightly  longer  than 
on  pronotum.  Posterior  part  of  each  connexival  segment  and  last 
tergite  testaceous;  connexiva  beneath  testaceous.  Female  with  last 
tergite  scarcely  longer  than  preceding  segment,  with  moderately  long 
hairs  on  hind  margin;  last  ventrite  distinctly  longer  than  the  pre- 
ceding segment. 

Male:  Last  tergite  nearly  one-half  longer  than  the  preceding 
segment;  last  ventrite  also  longer  than  the  preceding  segment.  Geni- 
tal segments  very  large,  above  densly  clothed  with  rather  short 
brown  hairs,  with  lateral  sides  rounded;  first  genital  segment  beneath 
deeply  widely  roundly  excavated  leaving  only  a  short  base;  second 
segment  large,  wide,  without  lateral  spines.   Venter  without  tubercle. 

Type:  (male),  Oaxaca,  Mex.,  intercepted  on  Bromeliaceous 
plant,  by  federal  quarantine  plant  inspectors,  New  York  City,  New 
York,  March  27,  1937.  Allotype  (female),  and  3  paratypes,  Ciudad 
Victoria,  Mexico,  intercepted  on  long  moss  (Tillandsia),  by  federal 
plant  inspectors  at  Loredo,  Texas,  March  20,  1945.  Winged  from 
unknown.    Type  in  U.S.  National  Museum. 

This  species  is  about  the  same  size  as  M.  albonotata  Champ., 
but  lacks  the  large  ventrite  spine  and  has  much  larger  and  longer 
pronotum,  which  conceals  the  entire  thorax  in  the  apterous  form  as 
in  M.  austrina  Bueno,  M.  Iiidalgoi  McKinstry  and  M.  costaiana 
Drake. 

MICROVELIA  TATEIANA  Drake,  n.  sp. 

Apterous  form:  Moderately  large,  elongate,  testaceous  or 
brownish  with  second  to  sixth  visible  tergites  dark  fuscous.  Head 
testaceous  or  brownish  with  two  broad  testaceous  stripes  on  each 
side  of  media  line  uniting  posteriorly.    Tergites  with  some  bluish 


Sept.  29.  1951       new  neotropical  water-striders 


39 


areas.    Sides  of  head  and  pronotum  behind  eyes  with  silvery  pubes- 
cence. 

Size:    Length,  1.90-2.10  mm.;    width,  0.75  mm. 

Head:  Width  across  eyes,  0.56  mm.  Median  line  distinct,  but 
not  conspicuous,  sometimes  indistinct  posteriorly.  Rostum  pale 
testaceous  with  apical  segment  black-fuscous.  Antennae  long,  slen- 
der, brown-fuscous  with  base  testaceous,  shortly  pilose  with  very 
few  slightly  longer  hairs;  segment  I  moderately  stout,  a  little  bowed, 
mostlv  testaceous;  II  much  slenderer,  a  little  thicker  than  next  two; 
III  and  IV  slender;  formula— I.  20;  II,  14;  III,  27;  IV,  30. 

Thorax:  Pronotum  rather  large,  covering  most  of  mesonotum, 
more  than  twice  as  wide  as  long  (50:19),  pitted  with  pits  arranged 
largely  in  two  transverse  rows;  mesonotum  pale  testaceous,  with 
exposed  part  approximately  one-half  as  long  as  pronotum.  Legs 
long,  slender,  clothed  with  short  pale  hairs,  testaceous  with  apical 
half  of  femora  and  entire  dorsal  surface  of  tibiae  brown  to  dark 
brown;  tarsi  fuscous,  segment  one  and  two  of  both  middle  and  hind 
legs  practically  equal  in  length.  Hind  femora  unarmed  in  male, 
slightly  stouter  than  middle  pair. 

Abdomen:  Length.  1.15  mm.  Dorsal  surface  of  both  abdomen 
and  pronotum  with  a  few  scattered  long  fine  hairs,  not  nearly  as 
hairy  as  in  M.  portoricensis.  Connexiva  testaceous  with  the  outer 
margin  and  sutures  between  segments  fuscous,  wider  in  male  than 
in  female,  strongly  reflexed  apically  in  female.  Last  three  tergites 
flavous  with  slight  bluish  bloom.  Abdomen  beneath  testaceous  to 
dark  fuscous  with  some  bluish  plumbeous,  clothed  with  pubescence 
and  some  short  hairs;  last  ventrite  in  female  narrowed  posteriorly, 
long,  less  than  twice  the  length  of  preceding  segment. 

Male:  Last  ventrite  about  one-fourth  longer  than  preceding 
segment,  not  as  strongly  narrowed  posteriorly  as  in  female;  first 
genital  segment  very  large,  beneath  very  widely  deeply  roundly 
excavated  behind  leaving  only  a  short  smooth  base;  second  segment 
very  wide,  distinctly  asymmetrical,  strongly  widely  produced  lateral- 
ly on  left  side,  and  on  other  side  behind  with  a  transverse,  somewhat 
cylindrical  protuberence.  Venter  without  tubercle.  Femora  un- 
armed.   Second  genital  segment  without  lateral  spines. 

Macropteroi's  form:  Pronotum  brownish  with  a  narrow  trans- 
verse band  near  front  margin  and  a  broad  stripe  extending  on  median 
lino  from  anterior  margin  posteriorly  to  beyond  the  disc,  wider  than 
long,  deeply  pitted  with  pits  arranged  largely  in  two  transverse  rows. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
40  CARL  J.    DRAKE  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 

transversly  convex  on  disc:  humeral  angles  prominent.  Hemelytra 
covering  apex  of  abdomen,  brown  with  small  basal  area  and  two  or 
three  indistinct  spots  beyond  the  middle  pale,  without  silver)'  white 
spots  in  cells;  veins  distinct,  not  prominent.  Length,  2.15  mm., 
0.90  mm. 

Type:  (apterous  male),  allotype  (apterous  female)  and  17  ap- 
terous and  one  macropterous  paratypes,  Maricao,  Porto  Rico,  H.  D. 
Tate.  Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Tate,  who  has  collected  numerous 
water-striders  for  me  in  Porto  Rico. 

The  asymmetrical  male  genitalia  is  very  striking  and  peculiar 
to  this  species.  The  hairs  on  the  antennae  are  not  nearly  as  long  nor 
as  numerous  and  the  vesture  on  dorsal  surface  not  as  shaggy  as  in 
M.  portoricensis .  The  male  genital  segments  of  the  latter  species  are 
small.  The  lack  of  silvery  white  markings  in  the  cells  of  the  heme- 
lytra also  serve  to  separate  M.  tateiana  from  other  species  of  similar 
size  and  appearance  in  Insular  and  Central  America. 

MICROVELIA  PORTORICENSIS  Drake,  n.  sp. 

Apterous  form:  Moderately  large,  testaceous  to  brownish  with 
silvery  hairs  on  side  of  head  and  fore  part  of  pronotum  behind  eyes. 
Abdomen  above  largely  fuscous  with  last  three  tergites  flavous  or 
bluish  flavous  and  a  quadrate  spot  on  each  side  of  second  and  third 
visible  tergites;  beneath  dark  fuscous  with  a  bluish  bloom,  the  venter 
becoming  brownish  tesaceous  apically;  sometimes  venter  largely 
testaceous;  underside  of  connexiva  testaceous.  Length,  1.90-2.10  mm. 
width,  0.75  mm. 

Head:  Width  across  eyes,  0.51  mm.  Testaceous  or  dark  brown 
with  two  broad  testaceous  stripes  on  each  side  of  median  line  coal- 
escing behind  eyes.  Median  line  not  very  distinct  posteriorly.  Ros- 
trum testaceous  with  last  segment  piceous.  Antennae  moderately 
long,  slender,  brown  with  basal  part  of  first  segment  testaceous,  short- 
ly pilose  with  long  hairs  on  last  three  segments;  segment  I  stout, 
slightly  bowed;  II  slender,  quite  slender  at  base;  III  and  IV  slender; 
formula — I,  14;  II,  12;  III,  20;  IV,  23.    Head  testaceous  beneath. 

Thorax:  Pronotum  large,  produced  posteriorly,  covering  a  little 
more  than  half  of  mesonotum,  more  than  twice  as  wide  as  long 
(55:21),  the  hind  margin  feebly  concave.  Entire  dorsal  surface  of 
thorax  and  abdomen  sparsly  covered  with  long  brownish  hairs.  Legs 
moderately  long,  dark  brown  or  fuscous,  clothed  with  short  hairs, 
the  coxae,  trochanters,  base  of  femora  above  and  most  of  femora  be- 
neath testaceous.    Hind  femora  a  little  stouter  than  middle  pair,  un- 


Sept.  29.    1951         NEW    NEOTROPICAL  WATER-STRIDERS  41 

armed.  Tibiae  of  middle  and  hind  legs  with  rather  long  dark  hairs 
on  outer  surface.  First  tarsal  segment  of  middle  and  hind  legs  feebly 
longer  than  second. 

Abdomen:  Length.  1.35  mm.  Connexiva  a  little  wider  and 
more  arched  in  female,  not  reflexed  posteriorly.  Last  tergite  of  fe- 
male with  several  long  hairs  on  hind  margin.  Male  genital  segments 
moderately  large,  brownish,  hairy  above;  first  segment  beneath  rath- 
er broad,  smooth,  widely  deeply  roundly  excavated  behind  leaving 
only  a  short  smooth  base;  second  segment  small,  without  lateral 
spines.    Venter  without  tubercle. 

Macropterous  form:  Length,  1.9  mm.;  width,  0.92  mm.  Pro- 
notum  dark  velvety  rufo-fuscous  with  a  transverse  band  near  an- 
terior margin  and  a  median  basal  stripe  orange-yellow,  clothed  with 
short,  yellowish  pubescence;  humeral  angles  prominent.  Abdomen 
distinctly  narrowed  posteriorly.  Ilemelytra  covering  apex  of  ab- 
domen, dark  brown-fuscous  with  silvery  white  markings  in  cells 
two  long  basal  stripes,  three  or  four  median  spots  and  median  sub- 
apical  spot  silvery  white).    Other  characters  as  in  wingless  form. 

Type:  (macroperous  male)  and  allotype  (macropterous,  fe- 
male), Mayaguez,  Porto  Rico,  April  4,  1936,  H.  D.  Tate.  Paratypes: 
26  specimens,  taken  with  type;  1  specimen,  Laiza,  P.R..  March  31, 
1930;  1  specimen,  Maricao,  P.R.,  May  10,'  1936,  H.  D.  Tate;  2  speci- 
mens, Mayaguez,  P.R.,  May  28,  1937,  Pedro  Lopez. 

Distinguishable  from  M.  albonotata  Champion  by  the  long  hairs 
on  antennae  and  shorter  last  antennal  segment;  male  genital  seg- 
ments much  smaller,  the  venter  without  tubercle.  The  long  antennal 
hairs  and  abdomen  (narrowed  posteriorly)  also  separate  it  from 
M.  peruviensis  McKinstrv.  M.  tateiana  n.  sp.  has  very  different 
second  genital  segment  in  the  male.  All  four  of  the  above  species 
have  similar  markings  on  the  pronotum.  M.  tateiana  is  the  only  one 
of  the  four  without  silvery  white  marks  on  the  hemelvtra. 

MICROVELIA  CUBANA  Drake,  n.  sp. 

Apterous  form:  Moderately  large,  testaceous  or  brownish  tes- 
taceous with  some  fuscous  areas  and  a  few  bluish  patches  on  ab- 
domen; sided  of  head  behind  eyes  and  pronotum  in  front  with  silvery 
pubescence  or  short  silvery  hairs;  a  quadrate  spot  on  each  side  of 
second,  third  and  fourth  visible  tergites  and  usually  last  three  ter- 
gites  bluish;  body  beneath  testaceous  or  brownish  with  bluish  bloom, 
the  sides  of  abdomen  darker. 

Size:    Length,  1.80-2.10  mm.,    width,  0.80-0.90  mm. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
42  CARL  J.    DRAKE  Vol.   XI,  NoS.    1-2 

Head:  Width  across  eyes,  0.50  mm.  Dark  brown  with  a  broad 
or  brownish  stripe  on  each  side  of  median  line  coalescing  behind 
eyes.  Rostrum  testaceous  with  last  segment  piceous.  Antennae  long, 
slender,  brown  or  fuscous  brown,  shortly  pilose,  without  long  hairs; 
formula— I,  14;  II,  11;  III,  16;  IV,  26. 

Thorax:  Pronotum  testaceous,  with  a  narrow  part  in  front  of 
transverse  row  of  pits  raised  and  usually  darkened  towards  the  sides, 
produced  posteriorly  covering  more  than  half  of  mesonotum,  twice 
as  wide  as  long  (50:22),  the  posterior  margin  feebly  concave;  mes- 
onotum testaceous,  the  exposed  part  nearly  half  as  long  as  pronotum. 
Legs  rather  long,  slender,  dark  brown  or  fuscous  with  coxae,  troch- 
anters, base  of  femora  above  (most  of  dorsal  surface  on  anterior 
femora)  and  entire  ventral  surface  of  femora  testaceous.  Hind  fem- 
ora scarcely  thicker  than  middle  pair,  unarmed  in  both  sexes. 

Abdomen:  Length,  1.25  mm.  Color  somewhat  variable,  often 
with  a  few  basal  segments  darkened;  connexiva  testaceous  with  outer 
margin  and  sutures  between  segment  fuscous,  wider  in  female  than 
male,  not  reflexed  behind  middle.  Dorsal  surface  of  both  thorax  and 
abdomen  without  long  hairs. 

Male:  Venter  without  tubercle.  Last  tergite  and  ventrite  dis- 
tinctly longer  than  the  preceding  segment.  Femora  without  spines. 
Genital  segments  moderately  broad,  brown,  with  short  hairs  on  dor- 
sal surface,  beneath  testaceous;  first  segment  beneath  broadly  deeply 
widely  excavated  so  as  to  leave  only  a  small  smooth  basal  part. 

Macropterous  form:  Length,  1.90-2.20  mm.;  width,  0.88  mm. 
Pronotum  dark  rufo-fuscous  with  a  transverse  band  near  front  mar- 
gin and  a  short  median  stripe  in  front  orange-yellow,  clothed  with 
short  yellowish  pubescence  and  some  silvery  pubescence,  the  median 
ridge  fairly  distinct;  humeral  angles  moderately  prominent.  Heme- 
lytra  brown-fuscous  with  silvery  white  spots  in  the  cells  (two  longi- 
tudinal basal  stripes,  three  spots  nearly  middle  and  a  subapical  ovate 
spot  silvery  white;  veins  distinct,  not  conspicuous. 

Type:  (apterous  male),  allotype  (apterous  female)  and  22 
paratypes  (winged  and  wingless  specimens),  Havana,  Cuba,  Feb.  24, 
1941,  S.  C.  Bruner.  Paratypes:  5  specimens,  Baracoa,  Cuba,  Sept., 
1901,  U.S.  Nat.  Museum. 

This  pretty  little  species  is  closely  allied  to  M.  portoricensis 
Drake,  but  lacks  the  extremely  long  hairs  on  the  last  three  antennal 
segments  and  the  dorsal  surface  is  also  without  long  hairs.  The 
broad  asymmetrical  second  genital  of  male  segment  of  M.  tateiana 
Drake  distinguishes  it  at  once  from  both  of  the  above  species. 


STRIDULATORY  ORGANS  IN  SALDIDAE  (HEMIPTERA) 
By  C.  J.  Drake  and  F.  C.  Hottes 

In  the  course  of  clearing  and  mounting  different  parts  of  the 

body  of  various  species  of  Saldidae  for  morphological  study,  it  was 
noted  under  the  compound  microscope,  that  the  anterior  end.  on  each 
side,  of  the  second  visible  connexival  segment  of  the  male  bears  a 
series  of  either  "peg-like"  or  "spine-like"  organs.  These  peculiar 
structures  appear  to  be  stridulatory  in  function.  Hitherto,  stridula- 
tory structures  seem  to  have  been  entirely  overlooked  in  the  family. 
Sound-producing  organs  have  not  been  found  in  female  specimens. 

The  present  paper  presents  a  preliminary  account  of  the  stridu- 
latory organs  in  shore  bugs  of  the  family  Saldidae;  it  also  calls  at- 
h  u  |  ion  to  peculiar  modifications  of  the  hemelytral  vein  and  meta- 
pleuron  for  holding  the  wings  rigid  in  a  resting  position. 

The  authors  are  indebted  to  -Mrs.  E.  H.  Froeschner  for  making 
the  drawings. 

Morphological  examinations  have  been  made  of  more  than  100 
species  of  saldids  from  widely  separated  regions  of  the  world.  Stridu- 
latory pegs  or  spines  have  been  found  in  the  males  of  all  species 
studied  in  the  following  genera:  Saldula  Van  Duzee,  Salda  Fabricius, 
Calacanthia  Reuter,  Chiloxanthus  Reuter,  Chartoscirta  Stal,  Halo- 
mlda  Reuter,  loscytus  Reuter,  Lampracanthia  Reuter,  Micracanthia 
Reuter,  Teloleuca  Reuter  Pentacora  Reuter  and  Saldoida  Osborn.  As 
only  a  single  example  of  the  old  world  genus  Omania  Ilorvath  was 
available  for  study,  it  was  not  dissected.  The  rare  genus  Orthophyrus 
I  forvath  is  unknown  to  the  authors.  In  two  species  examined  of  the 
shore  bug  family  Leptopodidae,  no  stridulatory  structures  were 
found. 

Two  other  singular  structures  also  seem  peculiar  to  saldids. 
Near  the  base,  on  the  underside,  of  each  hemelytron,  in  both  males 
and  females,  the  median  vein  is  suddenly  enlarged  and  then  deeply 
obliquely  notched  (fig.  1,  e  and  /.  and  fig.  2  a)  at  the  middle  of  the 
abruptly  thickened  part.  This  notch  was  found  to  be  present  in  both 
hemelytra  of  the  genera  studied  as  listed  under  the  foregoing  para- 
graph. In  addition,  the  pleura  of  the  meta thorax  bear  a  small  raised 
roughened  area  in  line  with  the  respective  hemelytral  notch.  This 
raised  "bump"  and  the  notch  working  together  serve  to  hold  the 
hemelytra  in  a  more  rigid  and  stable  position  when  the  insect  is  nol 
in   flight. 

43 


44 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
C.  J.  DRAKE  AND  F.  C.  HOTTES  Vol.   XL  NoS.   1-2 


a 


C-H-  fApioc/Cn&l 


Fig.  1.  Stridulatory  organs  of  male  Saldidae:  a,  left  connexival  seg- 
ment of  Chiloxanthus  pilosus  (Fallen) ;  b  and  b1,  left  connexival 
segment  and  enlarged  peg  of  Micrancanthia  humilis  (Say);  c,  right 
connexival  segment  of  Chiloxanthus  stellata  (Curtis);  d,  left  con- 
nexival segment  of  Saldula  balli  Drake;  e,  Under  side  of  hemelytron 
showing  large  subbasal  notch  in  mid-vein;  /,  Pentacora  signoreti 
(Guerin)  showing  subbasal  hemelytron  notch  on  underside  of  mid- 
vein  near  the  base. 


Sept.  29,  1951      stridulatory  organs  i\  s.  ldidae 


45 


Those  structures  which  are  presenl  in  both  sexes  do  not  appear 
to  be  stridulatory  in  function. 

The  stridulatory  organs  are  arranged  in  one  or  more  transverse 
rows,  which  curve  convoxly  with  the  upper  part  of  the  front  surface 
of  the  second  visible  connexival  segment  (fig.  1,  b,  and  d.  and  fig.  2, 
b.)  In  general  characterized  by  stridulatory  spines,  these  structures 
are  longer,  more  numerous  and  placed  in  more  rows  than  in  genera 


Fig.  2.  a  Under  side  of  hemelytron  showing  a  the  lateral  projection 
on  the  metathorax,  b  the  subbasal  notch  in  mid-vein,  Pentacora  sig- 
noreti  (Guerin). 


characterized  by  pegs  (fig.  1.  a  and  c.)  As  may  be  observed  in  the 
illustrations,  both  spines  and  pegs  are  placed  horizontally,  directed 
anteriorly;  and,  normally  tilted  somewhat  inwardly. 

Within  a  genus,  there  is  a  tendency  towards  a  uniform  pattern 
in  arrangement,  size  and  shape  of  both  pegs  and  spines.  In  such 
genera  as  Chiloxanthus,  Pentacora  and  Salda,  the  connexival  stridu- 
latory organs  exhibit  rather  marked  generic  differences. 

The  manner  in  which  the  stridulatory  organs  function  in  nature 
has  not  been  observed.  The  posterior  margin  of  the  preceding  con- 
nexival segment  is  hardened  and  plate-like  with  a  roughened  surface. 
This  probably  functions  as  a  rasping  organ  in  conjunction  with  the 
pegs  or  spines.  The  connexival  segments  are  capable  of  limited 
movement. 


46 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
C.  J.  DRAKE  AND  F.  C.  HOTTES         Vol.  XI,  NoS.   1-2 


Fig.  2  b   Left  connexival  segment  of  Saldula  andrei  Drake. 

The  pegs  (fig.  1,  b  and  d)  may  be  arranged  in  one  or  two  rows 
for  part  of  the  way,  and  then  an  additional  row  for  part,  or  even 
the  remainder  of  the  distance.  Generally  speaking,  the  pegs  are 
alternately  arranged  in  the  rows  as  alternateness  in  parallel  rows 
places  them  closer  together  than  oppositeness. 

Occasionally,  however,  some  of  the  pegs  may  be  found  opposite 
each  other  in  the  rows,  and  slight  variation  in  size  and  arrangement 
occur  within  a  species,  even  on  opposite  sides  of  the  same  specimen. 
As  a  rule,  the  pegs  nearer  the  outer  margin  of  the  row  are  shorter, 
and  blunter  than  those  within.  Sometimes  the  inner  most  pegs  are 
followed  by  a  few  stiff  spine-like  hairs.  As  a  rule  the  inner  most 
spines  or  pegs  are  more  tilted  inwardly,  but  remain  in  a  horizontal 
position.  As  the  spines  are  more  numerous  than  pegs,  they  exhibit 
greater  variation  in  size  and  especially  numbers,  (fig.  1.  a,  and  c) 
within  a  species.  It  is  often  difficult  to  count  the  spines,  on  account 
of  numbers  and  arrangement.  Under  the  oil  emersion  lens,  the  sur- 
face of  the  spines  appears  smooth,  whereas  the  surface  of  the  pegs  is 
longitudinally  striated  (fig.  1,  b'  and  d'). 


NOTES  ON  SOME  CICINDELIDAE  OF  THE  WESTERN  UNITED 

STATES  AND  THE  SOUTH  PACIFIC  ISLANDS  WITI I  A 

DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES.    (1) 

VASCO  M.  TANNER 

Professor  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

Brigham  Young  University 

These  notes  are  based  chiefly  upon  specimens  which  have  been 
collected  in  summer  field  work,  during  the  past  twenty  years.  Many 
days  have  been  spent  in  Utah  and  neighboring  states  collecting  in- 
sects and  cold-blooded  vertebrates  during  these  years.  We  have  also 
received  a  number  of  interesting  species  of  tiger-beetles  from  former 
students  who  have  collected  on  many  of  the  South  Pacific  Islands. 
With  this  collection  as  a  basis,  I  am  pleased  to  make  the  following 
additions  to  my  list  of  the  Cicindelids  from  Utah  which  was  published 
in  19292.  At  that  time  I  reported  40  species  for  Utah.  In  this  paper 
six  species  are  added  to  this  state  list.  I  wish  to  thank  all  those  who 
have  contributed  specimens  to  our  Coleoptera  collection. 

AMBLYCHEILA  UTAHENSIS  Tanner,  n.  sp. 

Form  elongate-oval;  head  as  wide  as  the  adjoining  prothorax 
which  becomes  narrower  posteriorly,  being  5.5  mm.  in  width  at  an- 
terior and  4  mm.  at  posterior;  head  and  prothorax  glabrous  and  shin- 
ny, except  for  a  few  punctures  with  black  setae  above  the  clypeal 
suture;  labium  with  two  blunt  median  teeth,  margin  with  nine  deep 
punctures  each  bearing  a  long  golden  colored  seta;  each  elytron  with 
three  distinct  carinae,  the  interval  between  the  first  carina  and  the 
suture  is  as  wide  as  the  next  two  intervals  combined.  There  are  a  few 
scattered  punctures  with  decumbent  setae  on  the  intervals;  carinae 
end  about  one  fifth  from  the  apex;  apex  very  sparsely  punctured;  the 
eleven  segments  of  the  antenna  are  a  dull  brownish  in  color  with 
scattered  black  setae;  the  antenna  extends  back  to  the  middle  of  the 
elytra.  Legs  black  except  the  base  of  the  femur  and  trochanter  which 
are  brownish,  slender,  and  thickly  covered  with  black  setae;  under 
side  of  body  with  a  few  scattered  setae.  Length  of  head  and  body 
22  mm. 

Type:     A  perfect  male  specimen. 


(i)      Contribution    No.    126    from   the    department   of    Zoology    and    Entomology,    Brigham 
Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

(2)      Vasco  M.  Tanner.    The  Coleoptera  of  Utah — Cicindelidae.    The  Pan-Pacific  Entomolo- 
gist.   Vol.  VI,  No.  2.  October,  1929.  pp.  78-87. 

47 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
48  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  1-2 

Type  locality:  Diamond  Valley,  15  miles  north  of  St.  George, 
Washington  County,  Utah.  Collected  in  April,  1951  by  one  of  Pro- 
fessor Arthur  Bruhn's  entomology  students,  Richard  Schmutz.  Pro- 
fessor Bruhn  of  the  Dixie  College  at  St.  George  has  collected  many 
interesting  insects  in  that  area. 

Comparisons:  On  July  27,  1951  I  had  the  opportunity  of  com- 
caring  the  type  of  utahensis  with  male  and  female  specimens  of  A. 
schwarzi  W.  Horn  in  the  California  Academy  of  Science's  Entomol- 
ogical Collection.  In  utahensis  the  thorax  is  one-fourth  "  narrower 
than  in  male  specimens  of  schwarzi.  The  head  is  also  narrower,  in 
fact,  utahensis  is  smaller  throughout  than  schwarzi  specimens  with 
which  I  compared  it.  The  punctation  on  the  upper  part  of  the  head 
in  schwarzi  is  more  dense  and  deep.  The  color  of  the  coxal  areas  and 
the  mouthparts  in  schwarzi  is  reddish,  schwarzi  is  a  more  robust 
species. 

I  wish  to  thank  Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke  for  his  kindness  and 
opinion  on  the  status  of  this  proposed  new  species  of  Amblycheila. 

In  1929  I  reported  that  Mr.  Warren  Knaus  had  informed  me 
that  Mr.  George  P.  Englehardt  and  Mr.  Jacob  Doll  had  collected,  in 
1917,  two  dead  specimens  of  an  Amblycheila  in  a  pool  in  Ash  Creek 
near  Bellevue,  Washington  County,  Utah,  and  that  there  were  be- 
lieved to  be  specimens  of  schwarzi.  Just  how  carefully  these  speci- 
mens were  studied  and  compared  with  schwarzi  specimens  is  not 
known  to  me.  It  is  my  surmise,  however,  that  they  are  similar  to  the 
specimen  I  am  designating  as  utahensis.  The  two  localities  from 
which  these  specimens  were  collected  is  separated  by  a  distance  of 
about  sixty  miles.  The  two  specimens  of  schwarzi^  which  I  recently 
studied,  in  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  are  from  Skidoo, 
Inyo,  Co.,  California,  collected  by  J.  R.  Slevin  on  May  14,  1931.  If 
they  are  correctly  determined  and  are  schwarzi  then  the  specimen 
described  as  utahensis  in  this  report  is  distinct  enough  to  be  recog- 
nized as  a  new  species. 

CICINDELA  FORMOSA  subsp.  LUXURIOSA  Csy. 

Southeast  of  Colorado  Springs,  Colorado,  August  17,  1924  (A.  G.  Vestal) 
A  single  male  specimen  collected  in  a  "blow  out"  south  and  east 
of  Colorado  Springs  by  Dr.  Vestal  was  given  to  the  writer  in  1925. 
I  have  compared  it  with  Col.  Casey's  type  and  believe  it  is  distinct 
enough  in  fineness  of  markings,  size,  and  color  to  be  recognized  as  a 
sub-species  of  formosa.    It  is  a  richly  colored  sub-species. 


Sept.  29,  1951  notes  on  some  cicindelidae  49 

CININDELA  LIMBALIS  Klug 

Island  Park,  Fremont  County,  Idaho,  August,  1931.  (Vasco  M. 
Tanner) 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  was  taken  in  the  forest  along 

the  highway.    It  is  a  male  and  much  smaller  than  a  female  from 

Chicago,  Illinois,  with  which  I  have  compared  it. 

CICINDELA  LIMBALIS  subsp.  AUGURALIS  Csy. 

Warner  Ranger  Station,  La  Sal  Mountains,  Grand  County,  Utah, 
July,  1934.  (Vasco  M.  Tanner);  Bryee  Canyon  National  Park,  Garfield 
County,  Utah,  August,  1933.  (Vasco  M.  Tanner);  The  pass,  Table  Cliff 
Mountain,  Garfield  County,  Utah.  Elevation  9,300  feet,  June,  1936.  (Vasco 
M.  Tanner).  Aquarious  Plateau,  Garfield  County,  Utah,  June,  1938.  (Wil- 
mer  W.  Tanner). 

These  specimens,  2  9    and   1  d" ,  were  taken  at  an  elevation  of 

9.000  feet.    I  have  compared  them  with  Col.  Casey's  type  specimen 

now  in  the  National  Museum.    I  am  in  agreement  with  Nicolay  and 

Weiss   1932  that  auguralis  is  a  sub-species  of  limbalis  and  not  of 

purpurea. 

CICINDELA  REPANDA  subsp.  HUDSONICA  Csy. 

Island  Park,  Fremont  County,  Idaho,  August,  1931.  (Vasco  M. 
Tanner) 

This  is  a  single  male  specimen  I  have  compared  with  Casey's 

type.    It  agrees  almost  perfectly  in  structure  and  color  with  the  type 

which  is  a  female  specimen.    I  am  considering  it  a  sub-species  of 

repanda  since  it  has  more  features  of  this  species  than  of  duodecim- 

guttata.    I  think  it  is  distinct  enough  to  be  removed  from  synonymy. 

CICINDELA  LONGILABRIS  subsp.  OSLARI  Leng 

Logan  Canyon,  Tony's  Ranger  Station,  Cache  County,  Utah,  June, 
1926.  (Clarence  Cottam);  Uintah  Mountains,  Tryol  Lake,  July,  1930. 
(Truman  Swallow,  C.  L.  Hayward  and  John  C.  Fechser). 

This  high  mountain  form  of  longilabris  is  common  in  the  Uintah 
Mountains  of  Utah.  The  specimens  reported  here  have  been  com- 
pared with  specimens  of  oslari  in  the  Casey  Collection,  United  States 
National  Museum  and  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences.  They 
are  distinct  enough  from  longilabris  varities  to  be  considered  as  a 
separate  sub-species. 

CICINDELA  CARTHAGENA  subsp.  PACIFICA  Schp. 
Las  Vegas,  Clark  Co.,  Nevada;  June  5,  1905    (Tom  Spalding) 
Five  specimens  are  in  the  collection  which  were  collected  by 

Tom  Spalding  on  the  grassy  area  north  and  west  of  the  town  of  Las 

Vegas. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
50  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI.  Nos.   1-2 

CICINDELA  SPERATA  subsp.  RUBICUNDA  (E.  H.  Harris) 

Caineville,  Wayne  Co.,  Utah,  1928  (Vasco  M.  Tanner); 

Escalante,  Garfield  Co.,  Utah,  August,  1939  (Harry  P.  Chandler); 

Arches  National  Monument,  Grand  Co.,  Utah,  August,  1950. 

(Dorald  Allred) 

This  is  a  brilliant  distinctive  form  of  the  sperata  complex.  Sev- 
enteen specimens  are  in  the  collection. 

CICINDELA  LEPIDA  Dej. 
Delta,  Millard  County,  Utah,  August,  1949  (Dorald  Allred) 
This  is  the  first  record  we  have  of  this  species  occurance  in  Utah. 
Mr.  Allred  reports  that  he  collected  the  four  specimens,  now  in  the 
collection,  at  night  on  the  sand  dunes  north  of  Delta. 

CICINDELA  LIMBIGERA  subsp.  NYMPHA  Csy. 

Kanab,  Kane  Co.,  Utah,  May,  1951  (D.  E.  Beck  I 
I  have  compared  the  single  specimen  taken  by  Dr.  Beck  with 
several  specimens  of  this  sub-species  in  the  California  Academy  of 
Science's  Collection,  which  were  collected  by  Mr.  Norman  Criddle  at 
Aweme,  Manatoba.  This  new  record  for  Utah  greatly  extends  the 
distribution  of  this  sub-species.  It  was  collected  on  the  sand  dunes  to 
the  west  and  north  of  Kanab. 

CICINDELIDAE  FROM  THE  PACIFIC  ISLANDS. 

The  following  Pacific  Island  Cicindelids  were  recently  added  to 
the  Brigham  Young  University  collection.  These  have  been  studied 
by  the  writer  and  compared  with  materials  in  the  United  States 
National  Museum  and  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

TRICONDYLA  APTERA  Olivier 

Solomon  Islands,  Guadalcanal,  Tenaru  River  area,  June  and  July, 
1944,  (D.  Elden  Beck)  and  (Ernest  Reimschiissel).  Fifty-five  specimens 
are  in  this  collection. 

Admiralty  Islands,  Los  Negros,  September,  1944,  (Ernest  Reims- 
chiissel.).   Thirty-six  specimens  are  in  this  collection. 

Dr.  Beck  reports  that  he  collected  this  species  on  the  leaves  and 

ground  cover  of  the  jungle  forest.    It  was  fairly  common. 

TRICONDYLA  APTERA  subsp. 

Philippine  Islands,  Luzon,  Camp  near  Manila,  May,  1945,  (Ernest 
Reimschiissel);  Leyte  Island;  Tacloban,  March,  1945,  (Ernest  Reims- 
chiissel). 


Sept.  29,  1951  notes  on  some  cicindelidae  51 

COLLYRIS  ALBITARSIS  Erichs. 

Philippine  Islands,  Luzon,  Camp  near  Manila,  May,  1945,  (Ernest 
Reimschiissel). 

COLLYRIS  SIMILIOR  W.  Horn 

Philippine  Islands,  Luzon,  Camp  near  Manila,  May,  1945,  (Ernest 
Reimschiissel  I. 

COLLYRIS  ACROLIA  Chaud. 

Philippine  Islands,  Luzon,  Camp  near  Manila,  May,  1945,  (Ernest 
Reimschiissel). 

COLLYRIS  sp. 

Philippine  Islands,  Leyte  Island,  Tacloban,  March,  1945,  (Ernest 
Reimschiissel). 

THERATES  LABIATUS  Fabricius 

Solomon  Islands,  Guadalcanal,  June  and  August,  1944,  (D.  Elden 
Beck),  (Ernest  Reimschiissel);  Admiralty  Islands,  Los  Negros,  Sept., 
1944,  (Ernest  Reimschiissel). 

THERATES  BASALIS  variety  SIMPLO-FLAVESCENS  W.  Horn 

Solomon  Islands,  Guadalcanal,  June,  1944,  (D.  Elden  Beck),  (Ernest 
Reimschiissel);  Admiralty  Islands,  Los  Negros,  September,  1944,  (Ernest 
Reimschiissel). 

CICINDELA  DECEMGUTTATA  subsp.  SANGUINEO-MACULATA 

Blanchard 

Solomon  Islands,  Guadalcanal,  July,  1944,  (Ernest  Reimschiissel), 
(Doyle  Taylor),  (D.  Elden  Beck). 

Sixty-eight  specimens  are  in  the  collection. 

CICINDELA  DISCRETA  Schaum 

Solomon  Islands,  Guadalcanal  ,five  specimens  collected  Aug.,  1944, 
(D.  Elden  Beck). 


ERRATUM   PAGE 

We  regret  that  a  portion  of  a  key  in  Professor  La  River's  recent 
paper  was  left  out.  We  are  pleased  to  include  this  missing  portion 
of  the  key. 

La  River's  statement  concerning  this  matter  follows: 
"Due  to  the  author's  absence  from  the  country  while  his  recent 
paper  "The  Staphylinoid  and  Dascilloid  aquatic  Coleoptera  of  the 
Nevada  Area"  (Great  Rasin  Naturalist  10,  1-4:66-70)  was  being 
set  in  type,  he  had  no  opportunity  to  examine  a  galley  proof.  Sub- 
sequently it  was  noticed  that  the  second  page  of  the  original  manu- 
script, containing  the  final  part  of  the  key  to  hydraenid  genera  and 
the  initial  portion  of  the  key  to  the  species  of  Limnebius  (one  of  those 
genera),  had  been  inadvertently  omitted." 

'The  following  keys  represent  this  missing  portion,  and  are  to 
be  placed  in  the  key  to  hydraenid  adults  on  the  first  page  of  the  cited 
paper,  between  the  two  "2's"  in  the  couplets  following  "(Limnebi- 
us)" on  the  right  hand  side  of  the  page." — Ira  La  Rivers. 

2.    Maxillary  palpi  very  long,  much  longer  than  antennae;  pro- 
notum  coarsely,  closely  punctate,  sides  without  a  transparent 

border  (Hydraena) 

— Maxillary  palpi  shorter  than  antennae;  pronotum  variously 
sculptured,  often  with  deep  fossae  and  grooves,  always  with 
a  transparent  border  in  at  least  basal  half OCHTHEBIUS 


1.  Antennae  usually  shorter,  with  no  prominent  inner  swell- 
ings; setae  on  clypeus  not  placed  at  anterior  margin  and 
two  median  ones  distant  from  each  other;  lacinia  mobilis 
narrower;  inner  lobe  of  maxillae  not  distinctly  divided  api- 

cally;  cerci  nearly  contiguous  proximally  and  divergent  

OCHTHEBIUS 

— Antennae  usually  longer,  with  prominent  inner  swellings; 
setae  on  clypeus  placed  at  anterior  margin  and  equidistant; 
lacinia  mobilis  broader;  inner  maxillary  lobe  distinctly  di- 
vided apically;  cerci  widely  separated  proximally  and  nearly 
parallel  2 

2.  Third  antennal  segment  without  inner  swellings,  segment 
two  with  a  single  antennal  appendage;  pair  of  pectinate 
setae  at  anterior  margin  of  labrum;  inner  maxillary  lobe 
slightly  divided  apically;  labium  broadened  distally  (Hydraena) 

—Third  antennal  segment  with  an  inner  swelling;  second 
segment  with  two  slender  antennal  appendages;  no  pecti- 
nate setae  at  anterior  labral  margin;  inner  maxillary  lobe 
strongly  divided;  labium  not  noticeably  broadened  distally, 
although  mental  sides  rounded  (Limnebius) 


{Limnebius  Leach  1815) 
1.    Surface  more-or-less  polished (piceus  (Horn)  1872) 

52 


Volume  XI 


UL  22  1952 


Numbers  3-4 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


December  29,  1951 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Pacific  Islands  Herpetology,  No.  V,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon 
Islands.   A  check  list  of  species,  Illustration, 
Vasco  M.  Tanner 53 

New  County  Records  of  Salientia  and  Summary  of  known 
distribution  of  Caudata  in  Oklahoma, 
Arthur  N.  Bragg  and  W.  F.  Hudson 87 

Two  New  Ants  from  Western  Nevada  (Hymenoptera, 

Formicidae),  Illustrations,  Marion  R.  Smith 91 

The  Cerambycoid  Semi-aquatic  Coleoptera  of  the  Nevada  Area, 

Ira  La  Rivers 97 

New  Distribution  Records  of  Utah  Siphonaptera  with  the 

Description  of  a  new  species  of  Megarthroglossus  Jordan 

and  Rothschild  1915,  Illustrations,  Vernon  J.  Tipton 

and  Donald  M.  Allred 105 

On  Five  new  American  Lithobiid  Centipeds, 

Ralph  V.  Chamberlin  115 

Index  to  Volume  XI  119 


Published  at  Provo,  Utah,  by  the 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

Brigham  Young  University 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


A  journal  published  from  one  to  four  times  a  year  by  the  De- 
partment of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  University, 
Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts:  Only  original  unpublished  manuscripts,  pertaining 
to  the  Great  Basin  and  the  Western  United  States  in  the  main,  will 
be  accepted.    Manuscripts  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  editor. 

Illustrations:  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  them  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  illus- 
trations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the  manu- 
script. All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  journal  are  to 
be  made  under  the  subervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost  of  the  cuts 
is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints:  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  with  the  proof. 

Subscription:  The  annual  subscription  is  $2.50,  (outside  the 
United  States  $3.25).    Single  number,  80  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions,  re- 
prints and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Great  Basin  Naturalist,  Brigham  Young  Uni- 
versity, Provo,  Utah. 


Reprints 

Schedule  of 

The 

Great 

Basin   Naturalist 

Each 
Additional 

50  copies 
100  copies 
200  copies 
300  copies 

2  pp.     4  pp. 

$3.25  $4.75 
4.75  5.75 
6.00  7.00 
7.00      8.00 

6  pp. 

$5.75 
6.75 
8.00 
9.00 

8  pp. 

$6.75 
7.75 
9.00 

10.00 

10  pp.  12  pp.    2  pp. 
$7.75     $8.75     $1.50 

8.75      9.75 
10.00     11.00 
11.00     12.00 

Covers:    $6.00  for  first  100  copies;  $2.50  for  additional  100  copies. 


U8fW 

Ul  22  195; 


The  Gregft  fiasib  IfJaturalist 

Published  by  the 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 
Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah 

Volume  XI  DECEMBER  29,  1951  Nos.  III-IV 

PACIFIC   ISLANDS   HERPETOLOGY,   NO.   V 

GUADALCANAL,   SOLOMON   ISLANDS: 

A   CHECK   LIST   OF   SPECIES  (l) 

VASCO    M.    TANNER 

Professor  of  Zoology  and  Entomology 

Brigham  Young  University 

Provo,  Utah 

INTRODUCTION 

This  paper,  the  fifth  in  the  series,  deals  with  the  amphibians 
and  reptiles,  collected  by  United  States  Military  personnel  while 
they  were  stationed  on  several  of  the  Solomon  Islands. 

These  islands,  which  were  under  the  British  Protectorate  at  the 
out-break  of  the  Japanese  War  in  1941,  extend  for  about  800  miles 
in  a  southeast  direction  from  the  Bismarck  Archipelago.  They  lie 
south  of  the  equator,  between  5°  24'  and  10°  10'  south  longitude  and 
154°  38'  and  161°  20'  east  longitude,  which  is  well  within  the  tropical 
zone. 

In  this  study,  eleven  large  islands  are  considered  as  composing 
the  Solomon  Archipelago,  which  form  two  chains.  The  northern  row 
of  islands  consists  of  Buka  and  Bougainville,  just  south  of  New  Brit- 
ain. Next  is  Choiseul,  followed  by  Isabel  and  Malaita.  The  southern 
group,  which  practically  parallels  the  northern  row,  consists  of  Vella 
Lavella,  Kolombangara,  New  Georgia,  Russell,  Guadalcanal  and  San 
Cristobal. 

Bougainville  is  the  largest  island  of  the  group.  It  has  a  surface 
area  of  3,900  square  miles,  the  highest  mountain  peak,  Mount  Bally, 
10,000  feet  and  also  active  volcanoes.  Guadalcanal,  2,500  square 
miles,  is  the  largest  island  in  the  southern  row  with  a  peak  over 
8,000  feet  high  (see  map  fig.  1). 


(1)    Contribution    No.    127    from    the   Department   of    Zoology    and    Entomology.    Brigham 
Young  University. 

53 


54 


VASCO  M.   TANNER 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XI,  Nos.  3-4 


bo 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  55 

The  climate  is  tropical,  the  average  temperature  being  about 
82°.  During  the  rainy  season,  from  January  to  March,  it  is  very  hot 
and  humid.  The  rainfall  along  the  coast  is  about  120  inches  annually. 
The  weather  from  April  to  November  is  fairly  cool. 

The  native  population  is  between  ninety  and  one  hundred  thous- 
and Melanesian  people.  They  cultivate  yams,  taros,  and  coconuts 
for  food  and  trade.  The  larger  islands  are  covered  with  impenetrable 
jungles.  The  native  pig  is  one  of  two  native  land  mammals  on  the 
islands.  One  hundred  twenty-seven  land  birds  have  been  reported 
from  this  archipelago  and  no  doubt  a  number  of  additional  species 
will  be  discovered  when  the  interior  of  the  islands  is  carefully  ex- 
plored. 

Many  species  of  interesting  insects  are  found  on  the  Solomon 
Islands.  Several  of  the  service  men  who  collected  reptiles  also  made 
insect  collections.  One  of  the  largest  general  collections  was  made 
by  Captain  Beck.  He  was  stationed  on  the  Tenaru  River  for  a  year. 
During  this  time  he  also  made  some  studies  of  the  island  vegetation 
and  topography.  The  following  is  a  statement  of  his  impressions  of 
this  part  of  Guadalcanal. 

"Today  I  made  my  first  trip  to  the  foothills.  To  the  area  where 
I  went  there  was  an  abrupt  climb  from  the  fairly  level  coastal  plain 
to  the  contrasting  region  of  grassland  and  forest.  In  this  particular 
part  of  the  foothills  are  large  grass  patches  surrounded  by  the  jungle 
forest.  The  grass  and  forest  areas  both  have  the  same  elevation, 
angle  of  exposure  of  the  sun,  drainage  and  soil  conditions,  yet  the 
two  types  of  vegetation  are  sharply  separated.  I  discovered  that  when 
one  tries  to  stay  out  in  the  open  grass  areas,  when  the  sun  is  beating 
down,  the  heat  is  almost  beyond  human  endurance.  On  several 
occasions  I  tried  to  remain  out  in  the  grass  collecting  insects  but 
the  heat  was  so  oppressive  I  became  dizzy  and  for  several  minutes 
after  retiring  to  the  jungle  I  had  a  severe  head-ache. 

"This  intense  heat  on  a  clear  day  may  account  for  the  absence 
of  bird  life  in  the  grasslands.  With  the  exception  of  an  occasional 
swallow  flying  above  the  grass  one  does  not  see  a  bird.  The  mammal 
life  so  common  to  grasslands,  in  the  States,  is  nonexistant  in  the 
grass  areas  on  this  island.  One  does  not  escape  the  heat  by  dropping 
into  the  grass,  which  is  four  to  five  feet  high.  The  heat  seems  to  be 
more  suffocating.  In  contrast  I  found  in  the  forest  jungle  that  there 
is  a  combination  of  shade  and  openness  to  allow  for  air  movement. 
"It  is  possible,  with  reference  to  birds,  that  the  lack  of  fruits  may 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
56  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

in  part  account  for  the  absence  of  birds  in  the  grasslands,  but  I  really 
believe  it  is  a  heat  factor.  The  forest  jungle  has  quite  an  array  of 
bird  life,  large  or  small,  loud  or  quiet,  colorful  or  drab.  I  was  im- 
pressed by  the  variety  of  songs." 

Mr.  Robert  C.  Pendleton  who  spent  twenty-two  months  in  the 
Solomon  Islands  and  has  published  his  findings,  1949,  gives  a  clear 
picture  of  the  plant  formations  of  Guadalcanal.  The  following  ex- 
cerpts are  from  his  study. 

"Guadalcanal  is  well  within  the  true  tropic  belt  and  the  work 
of  many  plant  geographers  indicates  that  a  rain  forest  type  of  vege- 
tation should  be  expected.  However,  this  island  differs  in  having 
the  major  portion  of  the  north  coast  covered  with  coarse  grass  while 
a  true  rain  forest  vegetation  occurs  only  in  the  south  portion  and  on 
the  mountains. 

"The  main  mountain  ranges  on  the  island  are  approximately 
parallel  and  occupy  a  central  position.  They  average  about  6,000  feet 
in  elevation  in  the  central  portion  of  the  island  and  Mt.  Popomana- 
siu  reaches  a  maximum  height  of  8,005  feet.  Their  position  across 
the  prevailing  trade  winds  is  the  factor  considered  responsible  for 
the  grassland  formation  on  the  north  coast  and  on  the  west  tip  of 
the  Florida  group  beyond. 

"Comprehensive  ground  studies  were  made  only  on  the  north 
coastal  plain,  because  travel  to  other  portions  was  extremely  difficult 
and  the  press  of  military  duties  prohibited  any  long  trips.  It  was 
possible  to  study  the  vegetation  from  the  Belasuna  River  to  Cape 
Esperance  and  to  penetrate  the  hinterland  along  the  Malimbu,  Poha, 
and  Tenaru  Rivers  to  a  depth  of  8  to  12  miles.  Air  trips  were  ar- 
ranged through  the  courtesy  of  the  pilots  of  the  13th  Air  Force.  On 
these  flights  the  entire  island  was  covered  and  a  far  better  idea  of 
the  physiognomy  and  extent  of  plant  cover  types  was  obtained. 

"From  the  air  the  contrast  in  plant  cover  on  Guadalcanal  as 
compared  with  that  on  other  Solomon  Islands  is  striking.  A  flight 
along  the  north  coast  of  the  island  from  east  to  west  reveals  that  the 
eastern  third  of  the  plain  is  densely  covered  with  rain  forest  but  the 
western  two-thirds  is  covered  predominately  by  grass.  The  rivers, 
running  through  the  grassland  support  strips  of  forest,  which  con- 
nect the  forests  of  the  mountains  with  the  narrow  strand  forest  which 
forms  a  green  border  on  the  coast. 

"Guadalcanal  is  one  of  the  southern  islands  of  the  Solomon 
Group  and  is  characterized  by  having  a  rain  forest  on  the  south  side 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  57 

and  grasslands  on  the  north  side.  It  is  the  only  island  of  the  group 
haying  a  mountain  chain  at  right  angles  to  the  prevailing  wind  di- 
rection. 

"The  ecological  factors  responsible  for  the  grasslands  of  Guadal- 
canal are  both  climatic  and  topographic.  In  the  rain  shadow  insuffi- 
cient rain  falls  during  several  months  to  support  a  forest.  The  grass- 
land is  not  due  to  fires  or  soil  deficiencies." 

THE   IIERPETOLOGICAL   FAUNA 

To  what  extent  the  herpetological  fauna  of  the  grasslands  and 
rain  forests  of  Guadalcanal  differ  has  apparently  not  been  deter- 
mined. In  this  report  all  the  species  studied  were  collected  on  the 
north  side  of  the  island.  Likewise,  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  de- 
termine, previous  collections  were  in  the  main  made  on  the  north 
side  of  Guadalcanal.  An  ecological  study  of  the  species  confined 
entirely  to  the  grassland,  as  well  as  those  found  in  the  interior  of  the 
island  on  the  higher  mountains  should  be  of  value.  The  irregular  and 
frequently  reduced  rainfall  on  the  grasslands  along  with  the  intense 
heat  possibly  deters  the  movement  of  rain  forest  species  over  large 
areas  of  the  island. 

An  equally  interesting  problem  is  that  of  tracing  the  origin  of 
the  reptile  fauna  of  the  Solomons.  While  studying  the  thirty-five 
species  of  this  report,  a  check  list  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  of 
the  Solomon  Islands  was  prepared  and  is  included  here.  A  compari- 
son of  the  Solomon  Islands  list  with  the  New  Guinea  one,  Loveridge. 
1948,  reveals  that,  even  though  there  are  a  number  of  endemic  spe- 
cies in  the  Solomon  Islands,  the  general  facies  of  the  fauna  is  New 
Guinean.  This  suggests  that  the  Solomon  Islands  were,  no  doubt, 
in  the  distant  past  connected  with  New  Guinea,  as  New  Guinea  was 
likewise  once  connected  with  Australia.  After  the  Solomon  Islands 
land  mass  was  separated  from  New  Guinea  evidence  supports  the 
belief  that  the  present  two  chains  of  islands  developed  which  has 
contributed  to  the  endenism  of  the  several  Islands.  It  has  recently 
been  pointed  out  by  Brown  and  Myers,  1949,  that  "the  Solomons 
display  an  important  endemic  frog  fauna,  including  at  least  three 
endemic  ranid  genera."  This  is  as  it  should  be,  if  the  above  point 
of  view  is  correct,  that  these  continental  islands  were  once  a  part  of 
New  Guinea,  which  nowr  has  four  times  as  many  endemic  frogs  as 
the  Solomons. 

One  should  not  conclude  from  the  above  that  the  Solomon  fauna 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
58  VASCO   M.    TANNER  Vol.   XI,  NoS.   3-4 

is  entirely  New  Guinea-Australian  in  origin.  Aside  from  the  New 
Guinea-Australian  affinities  are  found  such  genera  as  Gyrnnodac- 
tylus,  Gekko,  Pseudogekko,  Typhlops,  and  Hydrophis  which  are  rep- 
resented by  many  species  in  the  northern  Islands. 

There  are  still  many  unsolved  problems  relevant  to  the  distri- 
bution of  the  herpetological  fauna  of  the  South  Pacific  Islands.  Each 
year,  however,  progress  is  being  made  in  wearing  down  the  obsticles 
which  stand  in  the  way  to  a  clear  understanding  of  the  origin  and 
distribution  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Without  the  painstaking  efforts  of  Captain  D  E.  Beck,  Ernest 
Reimschiissel,  Doyle  Taylor,  R.  C.  Pendleton,  J.  Chattin,  H.  Hawk- 
ins, L.  Adams,  and  other  servicemen  the  materials  upon  which  this 
report  is  based  would  not  have  been  collected.  To  them  I  express 
my  thanks.  Dr.  W.  C.  Brown  has  been  very  cooperative  in  loaning 
the  writer  rare  literature  and  checking  the  determination  of  some 
species.  Dr.  Doris  Cochran,  Curator  of  Herpetology  at  U.  S.  National 
Museum  kindly  loaned  the  writer  many  Solomon  Island  species. 
Dr.  Karl  P.  Schmidt  loaned  the  writer  some  literature  and  checked 
the  determination  of  two  specimens.  Prof.  Charles  Wharton  of 
Emory  University,  Georgia,  kindly  submitted  some  interesting 
species  to  me  for  study.  Dr.  J.  R.  Heath  of  San  Jose  Teachers  Col- 
lege, Dr.  Geo.  Myers  of  Stanford  University,  and  Dr.  R.  Stebbins  of 
the  University  of  California,  at  Berkeley,  loaned  the  writer  a  number 
of  Solomon  Islands  specimens. 

To  all  who  have  assisted,  in  any  way,  as  mentioned  above,  I 
express  my  thanks  and  appreciation. 

AMPHIBIANS 

Family  Bufonidae 

BUFO  MARINUS  (Linnaeus) 

Linnaeus,  Systema  Naturae,  10th  Ed.,  Vol  1,  p.  211,  1759  (Rana) 

BYU     6960,  6969,  7015-17    Guadalcanal,  (D  E.  Beck)  May,  1944 
BYU  11020  (48A)    (49 A)   Gavutu  Isl.   (R.  C.  Pendleton)  May  8,  1945 
No.  3A-6A  Guadalcanal,  (R.C.Pendleton)  Dec.  22,  1943 

No.  20A  Guadalcanal,  (R.C.Pendleton)  May  12,  1944 

No.  24A-36A-39A  Banik  Is.,   (R.  C.  Pendleton)  Sept.  21,  1944 

Russell  Isls. 

The  specimens  of  marinus  from  the  Solomon  Islands  are  repre- 
sented by  three  adult  males  (BYU  11020,  48 A,  and  49A),  females 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  59 

(BYU  6960,  4- A,  and  20-A),  and  several  juveniles.  The  females  are 
similar  to  adults  of  the  same  sex,  which  I  have  examined,  from  Sai- 
pan  Island  of  the  Mariana  Islands  and  Carmen,  Nuevo  Leon,  Mexico. 
The  males,  the  first  adults  I  have  seen,  differ  considerably  from  the 
females  in  their  vestiture.  They  have  numerous  spines  over  the 
back  and  legs  in  contrast  to  the  few  found  in  the  females.  The  large 
tuberclers  or  warts  of  the  females  have  usually  one  spine  and  very 
few  in  between,  while  the  male  warts  have  a  cluster  of  spines  and 
many  small  ones  scattered  between  these  warts. 

Dr.  Beck  made  the  following  observations  on  the  color  of  a  live 
female:  "The  dorsal  ground  color  is  greyish  green.  The  large  glands 
are  tawny  with  reddish  tint.  Laterally  the  body  is  yellow  with  a 
tinge  of  green,  which  color  extends  anteriorly  along  the  upper  man- 
dibles. The  belly  is  white  and  grey  streaked.  The  eyes  have  a  black 
iris  and  a  silver  to  pale  yellow  cornea.    The  tympanium  is  grey." 

Mr.  Pendleton  collected  this  toad  in  the  pools  and  ditches  of  the 
cocus  groves. 

This  introduced  speci.es  is  apparently  wide  spread  in  the  South 
Pacific  Islands  where  it  is  used  as  a  help  in  controlling  insects. 

Family  Hylidae 

HYLA  THESAURENSIS  Peters 
Peters,  Monatsh.    Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  p.  421,  1877. 

BYU  6972,  7019,  7266  Guadalcanal   (D  E.  Beck),  May,  August,  1944 

BYU  7048-52,  7160  Guadalcanal   (D  E.  Beck),  July,  August,  1944 

BYU  7452-65,  7750-63  Guadalcanal   (D  E.  Beck),  March,  1945 

BYU  7139-42.  7868  Guadalcanal   (D  E.  Beck),  June,  1944 

BYU  7066,  7104-5  Guadalcanal  (E.  Reimschiissel),  July, Aug.,  1944 

No.  28-A  Mono  Island  (R.  C.  Pendleton),  Nov.  26,  1944 

No.  1-A,  2A  Guadalcanal   (R.  C.  Pendleton)   Dec.  20,  1943 

No.  7-15A  Guadalcanal  (R.  C.  Pendleton),  March,  April, 

1944 

Many  tadpoles  taken  by  Beck  and  Reimschiissel. 

A  study  of  the  fifty-four  specimens  listed  above  are  found  to 
vary  considerably  in  color  and  general  morphology.  Some  of  the 
preserved  adults,  as  well  as  juveniles,  have  white  markings  along  the 
median  dorsal  and  lateral  parts  of  the  body  and  head,  others  are 
fairly  uniform  in  grey  color  while  some  are  grey  with  dark  blotches. 
The  one  specimen  from  Mono  Island  shows  the  dark  blotches  on  a 
grey  background.  It  also  has  a  longer  more  pointed  head  than  the 
Guadalcanal  specimens  and  the  web  does  not  extend  up  the  fourth 
toes  as  far  as  in  the  Guadalcanal  specimens. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
60  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

Captain  Beck  reports  that  some  individuals  of  this  tree  frog,  when 
alive,  are  colored  as  follows:  "The  large  red  bronzed  eyes  with  dark 
pupil  contrasts  vividly  with  the  yellow-green  pattern  on  the  dark 
velvet  brown  of  the  dorsum.  The  yellow  pattern  is  almost  an  iri- 
descent tone  in  certain  light  reflections.  In  some  specimens  there 
are  yellow-green  lateral  and  medial  stripes  and  two  dots  of  this  color 
between  the  eyes.  There  is  also  a  yellow  strip  at  the  anal  region  and 
one  on  each  side  of  the  head  with  a  tiny  dot  at  the  extreme  anterior 
part.  Ventrally,  the  rear  legs,  the  anal  regions,  forelegs,  pectoral 
girdle,  and  edge  of  the  mouth  is  a  pale  blue-green  color.  The  rest 
of  the  body  is  white." 

Some  of  the  largest  specimens  are  47  mm.  in  body  length  with 
oblique  vomerine  teeth  placed  between  the  choanae;  tympanum 
three-quarters  the  eye  diameter;  and  with  outer  finger  one-third 
webbed. 

Both  Captain  Beck  and  Mr.  Pendleton  report  this  species  as 
common  on  leaves  of  the  forest  floor  plants.  Specimen  no.  28-A  was 
taken  on  the  leaf  of  Plantain;  altitude  300  feet. 

Barbour  (1921),  Burt  (1932),  Loveridge  (1948),  and  W.  C. 
Brown,  manuscript,  have  considered  macrop,  lutea,  and  solomonis 
as  synomyns  of  thesaurensis.  The  material  before  me  seems  to  sup- 
port this  conclusion. 

Family  Ranidae 

CERATOBATRACHUS  GUENTHERI  Boulenger 
Boulenger,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  p.  212,  1884. 

BYU  7018,  7143-4  Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck),  June,  August,  -1944 

BYU  7147,  7449-51  Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck),  January,  1945 

BYU  8934  (47-A),  Russell  Island   (R.  C.  Pendleton),  April,  1945 

8936   (43- At 

BYU  11019  (25-A)  Florida  Island   (R.  C.  Pendleton),  Nov.,  1944 

Nos.  26-27A,  31A  Florida  Island  (R.  C.  Pendleton,  January,  1945 

Nos.  33A,  41A,  43-46A  Banik,  (R.  C.  Pendleton),  April,  1945 

Russell  Islands 

This  distinctive  monotypic  endemic  frog  has  teeth  on  both  the 
upper  and  lower  jaws;  vomerine  teeth  in  two  groups  just  back  of  the 
line  between  the  choanae;  tongue  notched;  pupil  large  and  horizon- 
tal; head  triangular,  large,  widest  at  spines  on  upper  jaw  just  be- 
neath the  tympanum,  which  is  larger  and  vertical.  Interorbital 
space  broad  and  concave.  Folds  or  spines  at  tip  of  snout,  over  each 
eye,  at  the  angle  of  the  mouth  and  above  the  tympanum,  on  the  fore- 
arm and  the  heel.    Tips  of  fingers  and  toes  only  slightly  enlarged, 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  61 

fifth  toe  shorter  than  the  third  and  toes  with  rudimentary  web. 

Length  from  snout  to  vent  of  the  largest  specimen  in  the  col- 
lection is  69  mm. 

The  color  of  a  live  specimen  as  observed  by  Captain  Beck  is  as 
follows:  "The  dorsal  surface  of  the  head  and  abdomen  is  unicolor- 
ous,  dorsal  surface  of  the  legs  maculate  with  dark  and  light  tones  of 
brown.  The  medial  dorsal  part  of  the  body  is  a  slightly  darker  color 
than  the  rest.  The  brown  color  is  earthy  in  appearance.  Ventrally 
the  color  has  a  tint  of  red  in  the  brown  with  a  denser  punctation  of 
yellowish  steppling.  There  is  a  row  of  tiny  dots  along  the  edge  of 
the  lower  jaw.  The  dorsal  edge  of  the  eye  has  a  pale  blue-green 
band.    The  iris  is  bronze  and  the  pupil  black." 

RANA  PAPUA  NOVAEBRITANNIAE  Werner 
Werner,  Zool.  Anz.,  Vol.  17  p.  155,  1894. 

BYU  7053-55     Guadalcanal     (D  E.  Beck),  July,  1944 
BYU  7475-16     Guadalcanal     (D  E.  Beck),  December,  1944 

Three  Guadalcanal  specimens  have  been  assigned  to  R.  p.  novae- 
britanniae  by  W.  C.  Brown  (manuscript).  They  are  all  white  bellied 
with  backs  which  are  light  brown.  Loveridge,  1948,  comments  on  this 
form  as  follows:  "Actually  the  white-bellied  Rana  novaebritanniae 
is  perfectly  distinct  from  the  mottled-bellied  kreffti,  and  its  uni- 
formly white  underside  appears  to  separate  it  also  from  R.  p.  papua 
Lesson." 

The  live  color  of  this  frog  as  observed  by  Dr.  Beck  is  as  follows: 
"The  dorsum  is  olive-brown;  around  the  tympanum  and  before  the 
eyes  is  dark-brown,  while  that  of  the  lateral  area  of  the  abdomen  is 
greyish  brown,  the  edge  of  the  lower  jaw  is  slightly  mottled.  The 
dorsal  surface  of  the  legs  are  light  and  dark  brown  in  color.  The 
undersurface  of  the  body  is  a  pale  whitish-blue  color  with  a  tendency 
to  produce  an  opalescent  sheen.  The  iris  ring  of  the  eye  is  yellow 
bronze  while  the  remainder  is  red.  The  pupil  is  a  deep  blue-black 
color." 

DISCODELES  GUPPYI  (Boulenger) 
Boulenger,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  p.  211,  1884. 

BYU  8912  (No.  32-A)   Florida  Island  (R.  C.  Pendleton),  March  13, 1945 

Recently,   Brown    (manuscript)    has   proposed   that  guppyi  be 

placed  in  the  genus  Discodeles  which  is  one  of  the  nine  subgenera 

into  which  Boulenger  divided  the  genus  Rana.  Kinghorn,  1928,  gives 

a  concise  characterization  of  this  species.   The  specimen  discussed  in 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
62  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

this  report  is  a  small  one,  24  mm.  from  snout  to  vent,  with  hind  leg 
41  mm.  in  length.  The  vomerine  teeth  are  in  an  oblique  series  be- 
hind the  choanae.  The  "tips  of  the  toes  and  fingers  dilated  into 
discs,  the  upper  surfaces  of  which  are  separated  from  the  lower  by 
a  crescentic  or  horseshoe-shaped  groove;  web  not  penetrating  far 
between  the  outer  metatarsals." 

PLATYMANTIS  PAPUENSIS  WEBERI  Schmidt 
Schmidt,  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Zool.  Vol.  18,  p.  178.  1932. 

BYU  8916  (23A)  Guadalcanal   (R.  C.  Pendleton),  June  5,  1944 

8917   (22A) 

These  two  specimens  23  and  24  mm.  in  length  from  snout  to 
vent  agree  well  with  Dr.  Schmidt's  description  of  specimens  from 
Tulagi  and  Isabel  Islands.  The  short  oblique  series  of  vomerine  teeth 
close  to  the  choanae,  snout  pointed  with  the  nostrils  much  closer  to 
its  tip  than  the  eye,  the  circular  tympanum,  upper  eye  lids  regular, 
toes  and  fingers  with  small  disks,  toes  without  webs,  and  dorsum  with 
five  to  six  rows  of  ridges  characterize  the  two  specimens  from  the 
Tenaru  River  of  Guadalcanal. 

The  color  is  grey  with  black  blotches  on  the  upper  surface  of  the 
legs  and  over  the  ridges  of  the  back.  Ventral  surface  is  white  except 
on  the  chin  where  there  are  some  dark  blotches. 

These  two  specimens  were  taken  in  "trash"  in  the  Little  Tenaru 
River  by  Mr.  Pendleton. 

BATRACHYLODES   VENTEBRALIS   Boulenger 
Boulenger,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  p.  337,  1887. 

BYU  8915  (34A)    Banika  (R.  C.  Pendleton)  January,  1945 

Russell  Islands 

No.  30-A  Russell  Islands  (R.  C.  Pendleton)  January,  1945 

No.  35- A  Florida  Islands  (R.  C.  Pendleton)  April  16,  1945 

No  vomerine  teeth;  tongue  broadly  attached,  anteriorly  elongate, 
posteriorly  oval  and  not  notched.  Tympanum  round,  1.5  mm.  in 
diameter;  pupil  horizontal;  snout  short  and  obtuse;  finger  disks  lar- 
ger than  those  of  the  toes;  toes  only  slightly  webbed. 

Color  brown  and  grey  matched  dorsally,  skin  smooth;  ventral 
surface  white  except  for  peppering  on  legs  and  chin,  small  tubercles 
on  gular  area.  Length  from  snout  to  vent  of  specimen  No.  8915  is 
21  mm. 

Mr.  Pendleton  collected  the  Banika  specimens  at  an  altitude 
of  200  feet  in  a  sunny  opening  in  the  rain  forest. 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  63 

SERPENTES 

Family  Typhlopidae 

TYPHLOPS  ALUENSIS  Boulenger 
Boulenger.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  of  London,  p.  336,  1887. 

BYU  7102  Guadalcanal  near      (E.  Reimschiissel) 

Henderson  Field  August  5,  1944 

BYU  7245  Guadalcanal  near      (Lt.  Reibes)    August  29,  1944 
Doma  Cove  area,        (D  E.  Beck) 

Nat.  Hist.  Mus.  Tetere  Area  (J.  R.  Heath)     February,  1944 

Stanford  Univer-  Guadalcanal 

sity  No.  1131 

University  of  Guadalcanal,  1  mi.     (Lowell  Adams)    June  7,  1944 

Calif.  Nos.  inland,  Nalimbus  R. 

40751,  40752 

U.  S.  National  Torokina,  Bougain-    (W.  L.  Necker) 

Museum,  Nos.  ville  Island,  (A.  B.  Gurney) 

120212-21  Solomon  Islands 

U.  S.  National  Tulagi,  Solomon         (K.  R.  Stevenson) 

Museum,  Nos.  Islands 

81893-94 

U.  S.  National  Guadalcanal,  Doma   (Q.  A.  Muennink) 

Museum,  No.  Cove 

122327  Solomon  Islands 

U.  S.  National  Malaita,  Solomon       (S.  M.  Lambert) 

Museum,  No.  Islands 

76824 

Mid-body  scale  rows  twenty-two;  urosteges  twenty- two  to 
twenty-three;  nasal  cleft  extends  to  the  posterior  portion  of  the  first 
upper  labial;  eyes  distinct,  showing  through  the  large  ocular  scales 
\\  liich  extend  down  between  the  second  and  third  upper  labial;  snout 
rounded  in  a  lateral  view;  nostrils  lateral.  Length  largest  specimen, 
University  of  California,  No.  40752,  257  mm.;  body  diameter  7  mm. 

Color  dark  brown  on  the  back  and  sides,  under  surface,  consist- 
ing of  three  rows  of  scales,  yellowish. 

TYPHLOPS  BECKI  Tanner 
Tanner,  Great  Basin  Naturalist,  Vol.  9,  pp.  15-16,  Figs.  4  and  5'  1948. 

BYU  7448    Guadalcanal,  Tenaru         (D  E.  Beck)     November  30,  1944 
River,  Solomon  Islands     (E.  Ramay) 

A  Iidbody  scale  rows  twenty,  transverse  body  scales  two  hundred 
and  six;  urosteges  fourteen;  head  oval  when  viewed  from  above; 
snout  projecting  1.8  mm.  beyond  the  mental;  rostral  with  parallel 
sides;  nasal  cleft  extending  to  the  anterior  part  of  the  second  upper 
labial;  prefrontal  larger  than  the  frontal;  supraoculars  about  half 
the  size  of  the  parietals  and  in  contact  with  the  nasals,  prefrontal, 
frontal,  parietals,  ocular  and  preocular;  upper  labials  four;  eye 
shielded  bv  the  ocular,  which  comes  in  contact  with  the  second  and 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
64  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

third  labials;  the  preocular  contacts  the  first  and  second  labials.  Body 
length  one  hundred  twelve  mm.;  tail  five  mm.;  diameter  four  and 
eight  tenths  mm. 

Color  above  dark  brown,  ventral  light  brown  head  pale  grey, 
eyes  grey  with  black  pupils,  terminal  spine  of  the  tail  small  and 
blunt. 

TYPHLOPS  INFRALABIALIS  Waite 
Waite,  Rec.  South  Austr.  Mus.  I.  pp.  35-63,  Fig.  25,  1918. 

BYU  7040         Guadalcanal  (Geo.  Nazaruk)         June  21,  1944 

Nalimbus  River  (Lowell  Adams) 

Solomon  Islands  (D  E.  Beck) 

Mouth  inferior,  rostral  and  nasals  projecting  dorsally  beyond 
the  mental,  nasal  cleft  extends  to  the  posterior  half  of  the  first  upper 
labial.  No  supranasals.  Preocular  not  in  contact  with  the  ocular. 
An  ocular,  posterior  ocular,  subocular,  and  supralabial  on  an  area 
normally  covered  by  the  ocular.  Eye  indistinct;  supralabials  four, 
infralabials  three.  Midbody  scale  rows  twenty-eight,  transverse  body 
scales  four  hundred  sixty-six,  urosteges  sixteen;  anal  five.  Body 
length  three  hundred  forty-four  mm.;  tail  eight  mm.  body  diameter 
just  posterior  to  the  anus  six  mm. 

The  eight  to  ten  ventral  scales  are  clear  yellowish  white  while 
the  eighteen  to  twenty  side  and  back  ones  have  brownish  central 
spots  surrounded  by  light  borders.  This  gives  a  distinctly  uniform 
spotted  or  checkered  appearance. 

TYPHLOPS  ADAMSI  Tanner  n.  sp. 

Univer  of  Calif.  Guadalcanal  Nalimbiu  June  6,  1944 

No.  40753  River,  Solomon  Islands  (Lowell  Adams) 

Type:  Midbody  scales  twenty-six,  gastrosteges  four  hundred 
fifty-one;  urosteges  seventeen;  anal  five;  supralabials  four;  infra- 
labials  three;  nasal  cleft  extending  to  the  rostral  and  the  anterior 
upper  surface  of  the  second  supralabial;  preocular  and  postocular 
fused  into  one  scale  which  touches  the  posterior  part  of  the  nasal 
and  the  anterior  part  of  the  ocular;  parietals  large  and  in  contact 
behind  the  frontal.  Length  of  body  one  hundred  forty-eight  mm.; 
diameter  three  and  one-half  mm. 

Color  light  brown  with  dark  brown  spots  in  center  of  scales  on 
back  and  sides;  ventral  scales  yellowish. 

Adamsi  may  be  distinguished  from  infralabialis  as  follows: 
Body  scale  rows  26;  nasal  cleft  extending  to  nostril  and  the  second 


Dec.  29,  1951       pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  65 

supralabial;  preocular  and  postocular  fused  into  one  scale,  parietals 
large  and  in  contact  behind  the  frontal.  The  head  scales  are  sym- 
metrical. 

Type  locality:  Nalimbiu  River,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon  Islands. 
Collected  by  Lowell  Adams,  June  6,  1944.  Type  in  the  Ilerpetologi- 
cal  collection  of  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  University  of 
California  at  Berkeley,  California. 

I  am  pleased  to  dedicate  this  species  to  Mr.  Lowell  Adams  who 
collected  a  number  of  interesting  reptiles  in  the  South  Pacific  area. 
I  also  want  to  thank  Dr.  R.  Stebbins  for  the  loan  of  museum  speci- 
mens of  Typhlops  from  the  Solomon  Islands. 

Family  Boidae 

ENYGRUS  CARINATUS  (Schneider) 
Schneider,  Hist.  Amph.  II,  p.  261,  1801. 

BYU  6961    Guadalcanal,  Solomon  <D  E.  Beck)  May  22,  1944 

7135    Islands 

BYU  7103,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (John  Chattin)         June  27,  1944 

7137-38    Islands  (D  E.  Beck) 

BYU  7148,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (John  Chattin)         October,  1944 

7232    Islands  (D  E.  Beck) 

BYU  7246,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (E.  Reimschiissel)   August  5,  1944 

7330    Islands 

BYU  7901    Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (E.  Reimschiissel)   August  5,  1944 
Islands 

Midbody  scale  rows  thirty-seven  to  thirty-eight;  urosteges  forty 
to  forty-two;  supralabials  eleven  to  twelve;  infralabials  thirteen; 
anal  undivided.  Specimen  No.  7138  has  well  developed  visible  bony 
spurs  which  are  used  in  the  movement  of  the  snake.  Two  specimens 
were  received  alive  from  Guadalcanal,  one  of  them  No.  7901  lived 
eight  months  in  a  small  cage,  during  this  time  it  ate  two  bats. 

The  color  of  specimen  No.  6961,  which  was  captured  by  Cap- 
tain Beck,  was  described  as  follows:  "Dorsally  the  pattern  is  dark 
brown  (earthy)  while  the  lateral  color  is  slate  grey  with  a  brownish 
tint.  At  the  lateral  and  ventral  contact  scattered  white  and  red  scales 
are  found  with  black  spots  on  some  scales,  which  are  distributed  so 
as  to  give  a  speckled  appearance.  The  red  and  black  scales,  however, 
are  found  to  be  grouped  so  as  to  give  a  definite  pattern  on  the  outside 
edge  of  the  ventral  scales.  The  middle  scales  of  the  belly  are  white 
to  cream  with  black  speckling.  The  color  extends  to  the  anal  region 
where  the  red  scales  and  speckling  discontinue.  The  chin  is  mottled 
grey.  The  eyes  are  speckled  grey.  The  under  surface  of  the  terminus 
of  the  nose  has  black  spots." 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
DO  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

Family  Colubridae 

BOIGA  IRREGULARIS  (Merrem) 
Merrem,  Bechst,  Uebers,  Lacep.  IV,  p.  239,  1802. 

BYU  6962,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (D  E.  Beck)       May  22   1944 

7041  Islands 

BYU  7231,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (J.  Chattin)       September  18,  1944 

7227  Islands  (D  E.   Beck) 

BYU  7248,  Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (D  E.   Beck)     September  18,  1944 

7970  Islands 

Rostral  broader  than  deep,  internasals  shorter  than  the  pre- 
frontals; supralabials  eight  to  ten;  infralabials  twelve  to  thirteen; 
mid  body  scale  rows  twenty-one;  gastrosteges,  average  of  six  speci- 
mens, 229;  urosteges,  average  of  five  specimens,  105  plus;  the  total 
length  of  the  largest  specimen  No.  7231  is  1043  mm.  the  tail  length 
being  242  mm. 

AHAETULLA  CALLIG ASTER   (Gunther) 
Gunther,  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  (3)  XX,  p.  53,  1867. 

BYU  7039      Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (D.  E.  Beck)      July  10,  1944 

BYU  7118      Islands  (J.  Johnson)      August  10,  1944 

Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (H.  Hawkins) 

Islands 

Midbody  scale  rows  thirteen;  gastrosteges  one  hundred  seventy- 
eight  and  one  hundred  eighty-one;  urosteges  one  hundred  nineteen 
and  one  hundred  forty;  anal  divided;  supralabials  eight;  infralabials 
nine;  preoculars  one;  postoculars  two;  loreal  one;  temporals  two; 
length,  No.  7118,  1101    (725   +  376)  mm. 

Color  in  life  as  recorded  by  Beck.  "The  dorsum  of  the  anterior 
one  fifth  of  the  body  is  bright  rust  color.  The  remainder  of  the  body 
is  an  olive  green.  The  lateral  patterns  are  very  indistinct,  but  when 
the  snake  expands  its  body  the  color  shows  up  to  a  greater  extent 
The  neck  region  laterally  is  orange  red  when  the  scales  are  spread 
apart.  The  edges  of  some  of  the  scales  are  orange  in  color.  There 
are  also  black  lateral  bands  in  the  neck  regions,  this  color  seems  to 
be  due  to  the  coloration  of  the  body  membrane." 

The  eyes  are  mottled  bronze  and  brown.  The  upper  part  of  the 
iris  is  mainly  bronze.   The  pupil  is  round  and  black. 

DENISONIA  PAR  (Boulenger) 

Boulenger,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  p.  210,  1884. 

BYU  7117,      Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (D  E.   Beck)  August,   1944 

7247       Islands  (R.  T.  Brice) 

BYU  7329      Guadalcanal,  Solomon  (D  E.  Beck)         December,  1944 
Islands 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  iii.hpetology  no.  v  67 

Midbody  scale  rows  fifteen;  gastrosteges  one  hundred  sixty- 
five  to  one  hundred  sixty-six;  urosteges  fifty-three;  anals  two;  supra- 
labials  seven;  infralabials  seven;  preoculars  one;  postoculars  two. 
The  total  length  of  specimen  No.  7117  is  744  (630  +   114)  mm. 

This  is  a  fairly  common  species  on  Guadalcanal. 

LATICAUDA  COLUBRINA  Schneider 
Schneider,  Hist.  Amph.,  I.  p.  238,  1799. 

BYU  7061    Guadalcanal.  (D  E.  Beck)  July  30,  1944 

Solomon  Islands 
BYU  7328  Russell  Island,  (Major  R.  T.  Brice)  October  28,  1944 

Solomon  Islands 

Midbody  scale  rows  twenty-three;  gastrosteges  two  hundred 
seventeen  to  two  hundred  twenty-one;  urosteges  forty-one  to  forty- 
three;  anal  two;  supralabials  seven;  infralabials  nine;  preoculars 
one;  postoculars  two;  temporals  one  and  two.  The  total  length  of 
specimen  No.  7328  is  373  (289  +  44)  mm. 

The  color  in  life  as  recorded  by  Captain  Beck  is  as  follows:  "The 
yellow  on  the  anterior  dorsum  of  the  head  and  the  first  ring  back  of 
the  black  head  patch  as  well  as  the  lateral  hue  of  the  upper  jaw  is 
distinctive.  The  tip  of  the  flattened  tail  is  pale  cream  color.  The 
black  bands  are  broadened  dorsally  and  narrowed  ventrally  except 
the  tail  bands  which  are  broadened  laterally.  There  is  a  pale  yellow 
spot  on  the  center  of  the  dorsal  black  head  shield. 

"The  eye  is  small,  the  iris  is  a  mottled  pale  greyish,  the  area 
outside  of  the  iris  is  dark  brown." 

HYDROPHIS  CYANOCINCTUS  Daudin 
Daudin,  Hist.  Nat.  Rept.  VII,  p.  383,  1803. 
BYU  7861  Guadalcanal,  Solomon  Islands     (D  E.  Beck),  March,  1945 

Rostral  broader  than  deep  with  marginal  grooves;  nasal  shorter 
than  the  frontal,  twice  as  long  as  the  suture  between  the  praefrontals; 
praefrontals  in  contact  with  the  second  supralabial;  one  preocular; 
two  postoculars;  temporals  three  and  one;  eight  upper  labials,  second 
largest,  third,  fourth  and  fifth  entering  the  eye;  infralabials  ten  and 
nine;  both  pair  of  chin  shields  in  contact;  body  scale  rows  twenty- 
seven  anterior  thirty-seven  at  midbody,  thirty-three  posterior  near 
anus;  anals  two  pairs;  gastrosteges  three  hundred  thirty-four;  uros- 
teges forty-three;  scales  smooth  and  sub-imbricate. 

Color  of  preserved  specimen  black  above  with  forty-seven  light 
bands  extending  from  the  dark  back  to  the  ventral  surface.   A  single 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
68  VASCO   M.    TANNER  Vol.   XI,  NoS.  3-4 

row  of  larger  black  gastrostege  scales  separates  the  light  bands.  The 
head  and  chin  are  light  colored.  The  tail  for  the  length  of  twenty- 
two  scales  is  black.    Total  length  is  1028  (927  +   101)  mm. 

This  seems  to  be  a  new  record  for  Guadalcanal  and  the  Solomon 
Islands.  De  Rooji,  however,  reports  cyanocinctus  for  New  Guinea. 
Kinghorn,  1929,  and  Schmidt,  1932,  reported  specimens  of  Chersy- 
drus  granulatus  from  Malaita  and  Isabel  Islands  which  constitute 
rare  records  for  the  Solomon  Islands. 

SQUAMATA   -   SAURIA 
Family  Gekkonidae 

GYMNODACTYLUS  PELAGICUS   (Girard) 
Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Philad.  1857,  p.  197. 

BYU  6966,  6987-88  Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck)        July-August,  1944 

BYU  7021,  7101,  7155  Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck)  May-June,  1944 

BYU  7290-91  7467,  Guadalcanal  (E.  Reimschiissel)   January,  1945 
7472 

A  comparison  of  the  specimens  listed  above  with  those  reported 
by  the  writer  from  Morotai  show  a  similarity  in  size,  coloration,  and 
scalation.  De  Rooij  does  not  list  this  species  from  Halmahera  or 
Morotai. 

The  following  observations  on  the  habits  and  color  in  life  of 
specimens  collected  by  Captain  Beck  are  as  follows:  "Specimens  of 
this  lizard  were  collected  on  tree  trunks,  screen  door  of  the  insectory, 
under  logs  and  debris  on  the  forest  floor.  The  skin  is  delicate  which 
necessitates  handling  the  specimens  with  care  in  order  that  it  will 
not  be  broken.  The  ventral  surface  is  violaceous  while  the  dorsal 
surface  is  brown  with  pale  yellow  tiny  spots  scattered  about.  This 
species  is  secretative  and  hard  to  capture  unless  exposed  by  the  turn- 
ing over  of  logs  and  rocks." 

GEHYRA  OCEANICA  (Lesson) 
Lesson,  Voyage  Coquille,  Zool.  II,  Pt.  I,  1830,  p.  42. 

BYU  6967,  7062-63  Guadalcanal  (Beck  &  Reimschiissel)  July,  1944 
BYU  7059,  7132-34         Guadalcanal   (D  E.  Beck)  June,  July,  1944 

BYU  7473,  7748,  7749  Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck)  January,  March,  1945 
BYU  7746-47  Segi  Point,      (Lt.  (J.G.)  CO.  June,  1944 

New  Georgia         Berg) 

Island 

The  life  color  of  this  lizard  was  reported  by  Captain  Beck  as 
follows:  "In  the  screen  house  the  color  was  silvery  to  grey  with 
very  indistinct  pale  lemon  yellowspots  on  the  dorsum  of  the  neck 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  69 

and  shoulder  region  and  laterally  on  the  abdomen.  In  the  laboratory 
the  whole  animal  assumed  a  darker  hue.  The  above  markings  be- 
come more  definite.  A  distinct  brown  speckling  was  apparent  on  the 
dorsum  of  the  whole  body.  The  dorsum  of  the  head  is  a  pale,  pastel 
green.  The  markings  above  the  hind  leg  region  and  the  abdomen 
are  a  pale  violet  color." 

The  whole  undersurface  of  the  body  is  cream  colored,  except 
the  feet  of  the  fore  and  hind  legs,  the  posterior  surface  of  the  hind 
legs  and  the  undersurface  of  the  tail  which  are  a  salmon  pink  color. 

The  eyes  are  a  bright  color  with  a  vertical  black  irregularly 
shaped  pupil.    The  tongue  is  a  bright  flesh  pink. 

This  lizard  is  common  in  and  about  the  camp  buildings.  It  feeds 
upon  insects  found  on  the  screens  and  walls  of  the  tents. 

LEPIDODACTYLUS  LUGUBRIS   (D.  &  B.) 
Dumeril  and  Bibron,  Erp.  Gen.  Ill,  1836,  p.  304. 

BYU  7004-5,  7008  Guadalcanal    (D  E.  Beck)    June,  1944 

BYU  7010,  7046,  7056-57    Guadalcanal    ,D  E.  Beck)    July,  1944 

(J.  Chattin) 
BYU  7064-65,  7115  Guadalcanal    (D  E.  Beck)  August,  1944 

BYU  7253  Guadalcanal    (D  E.  Beck)    May,  1944 

The  guadalcanal  specimens  agree  with  those  from  Morotai  in 
morphological  characters,  the  lamellae  and  scansors  of  the  fourth 
toe  are  as  follows:  Nos.  7004-9  +  4;  7005-6  +  5;  7008-5  +  4; 
7010-10  +  ?;  7056-6  +  4.  The  supralabials  are  10  to  12  in  num- 
ber; infralabials  10  to  12.  Ground  color  grey  to  brown  with  scat- 
tered small  blackish  areas  on  the  back  and  sides;  venter  white  to 
pinkish. 

LEPIDODACTYLUS  GUPPYI  Boulenger 
Boulenger,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  1884,  p.  210. 
BYU  7047   Guadalcanal,  Solomon  Islands       ,D  E.  Beck)    July,  1944 

Rostral  wide  extending  between  the  nostril  cavities,  not  high, 
not  any  higher  than  the  supralabials;  supralabials  twelve,  infra- 
labials  eleven;  mental  small  wedge  shaped,  one  third  as  wide  as  the 
rostral.  Submentals  irregular  five  rows  of  round  enlarged  scales, 
head  broad  and  shorter  than  in  lugubris;  eleven  lamellae  under  the 
median  finger  and  thirteen  under  the  median  toe;  digits  with  small 
web  at  base  and  moderately  dilated.   Length  73  (41   +  32)  mm. 

The  following  observations  on  the  color  in  life  of  this  specimen 
are  taken  from  Captain  Beck's  field  notes  number  214,  July  21,  1944: 
"This  gekko  may  or  may  not  be  a  different  specimen  than  I  have 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
70  VASCO   M.    TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.   3-4 

taken  before.    It  does  have  a  different  color  pattern  than  the  regular 
run  of  gekkos  I  have  observed  or  collected. 

"Dorsally  it  is  grey:  the  color  being  due  to  light  splashes  and 
pin  point  speckling  of  grey.  The  tail  has  three  light  color  bands. 
These  are  five  distinct  black  dots  at  the  ventro-lateral  contact.  There 
are  three  dorso-lateral  black  dots,  the  first  at  the  neck  region,  the 
last  one  approximately  above  the  first  vento-lateral  dot.  There  are 
lateral  pouch-like  swellings  in  the  region,  these  swollen  regions  are 
cream  colored  and  splashed  with  light  brown  markings.  The  eyes 
are  bronzed  flecked  with  brown.  Extending  posteriorly  at  the  ventro- 
posterior  margin  of  the  eye  is  a  black  line.  It  reaches  about  half  way 
to  the  ear.  Ventrally  the  body  is  pale  with  fleckings  of  brown.  When 
the  specimen  was  placed  in  70  per  cent  alcohol  the  whole  body  be- 
came much  lighter  in  color." 

LEPIDODACTYLUS  WOODFORDII  Boulenger 
Boulenger,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1887,  p.  334. 

BYU  7145-46  Guadalcanal       (D  E.  Beck)      June,  1944 

BYU  7254-7292-93     Guadalcanal       (D  E.  Beck)       August,  1944 
BYU  8894  Guadalcanal       (D  E.  Beck)       September,  1944 

Specimens  are  all  small;  about  47  mm.  total  length,  tail  minus 
in  some  specimens.  With  distinct  zigzag  black  cross  bands  on  the 
grey  color  of  the  back;  digits  without  web,  twelve  supralabials,  ten 
infralabials;  a  faint  black  streak  extending  from  the  nostril  through 
the  eye  to  the  neck. 

These  specimens  were  considered  as  immature  forms  of  Gehyra 
'  oceanica  by  Captain  Beck. 

Dr.  Walter  C.  Brown  is  making  a  careful  study  of  the  species 
of  Lepidodoctylus  and  has  recently  informed  me  that  he  suspects 
L.  woodfordii  may  be  a  synonym  of  L.  lugubris. 

PSEUDOGEKKO  SHEBAE  Brown  and  Tanner 

Brown  &  Tanner,  The  Great  Basin  Naturalist,  Vol.  9,  Nos.  3-4,  1948, 
pp.  41-45,  figs.  1  and  2. 

BYU  7002,  Type     Guadalcanal  (John  Chattin)    May  31,  1944 

Specimen  Lunga  River  Area      (D  E.  Beck) 

This  species,  represented  by  a  unique  specimen,  is  far  removed 
from  the  genotype  area  which  is  Batan  Province,  Luzon  Island, 
Philippine  Islands.  It  is  also  interesting  to  note  that  the  genotype 
species  compresicorpus  is  based  on  a  single  female  specimen.  The 
specimen  has  probably  been  destroyed  since  Dr.  Taylor  deposited  it 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  71 

in  the  Philippine  Bureau  of  Science  collection  in  1915. 

Shebae  differs  from  compresicorpus  mainly  in  the  number  of 
supralabials,  10  as  compared  to  19  or  20,  infralabials,  9  as  compared 
to  16,  the  presence  of  enlarged  chin  shields,  and  the  undivided  con- 
dition of  the  terminal  lamella.  Unfortunately,  only  one  specimen  of 
this  species  was  collected.  Captain  Beck  reported  that  he  thought 
this  species  was  common  around  the  camp.  It  may  be  easily  con- 
fused with  other  species  of  gekkos  in  that  area.  The  type  specimen 
of  shebae  is  deposited  in  the  Herpetological  Collections  of  the  Brig- 
ham  Young  University. 

Family  Varanidae 

VARANUS  INDICUS  (Daudin) 
Daudin,  Rept.  Ill,  p.  46,  1802. 

BYU  7136      Guadalcanal       (D  E.  Beck)      June  16,  1944 

This  is  the  only  representative  of  this  family  in  the  Solomon 
Islands.  The  long  snout  with  the  nostril  near  the  tip,  the  fairly 
large  head  and  supraocular  scales,  the  arrangement  of  the  almost 
square  abdominal  scales  in  rows,  the  strong  limbs  with  long  digits 
and  sharp  claws,  the  compressed  tail  with  the  dorsal  scales  keeled  are 
the  most  noticeable  characteristics  of  this  species.  The  size  is  915 
mm.  in  length. 

Comments  on  the  color  and  food  of  this  specimen  are  taken  from 
Captain  Beck's  notes  as  follows:  "This  animal  which  is  black  with 
a  speckled  yellow  pattern  was  found  in  a  heavily  wooded  thicket 
near  the  swampy  region.  The  natives  were  clearing  the  wooded 
spot  when  the  lizard  was  seen.  These  lizards  are  common  but  are 
swift  in  escape.  When  captured  alive  they  make  painful  scratches 
on  the  captor,  with  their  claws,  which  are  long  and  sharp.  This 
lizard  is  very  much  of  an  arboreal  animal. 

"Checking  the  stomach,  I  found  the  remains  of  the  common 
land  crab,  bird  feathers,  and  the  tail  of  a  striped  skink." 

Family  Scincidae 

CORUCIA  ZEBRATA  Gray 
Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1885,  p.  218,  pi.  8. 

BYU  7119  Guadalcanal  (Anthony  Ross)  June  30,  1944 

BYU  7120  Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck) 

(J.  Johnson)  June  30,  1944 

(E.  Ramey) 

(H.  Hawkins) 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
72  VASCO   M.    TANNER  Vol.   XI,  NoS.  3-4 

Rostral  small,  between  the  nostrils,  two-thirds  as  wide  as  high, 
frontonasal  large,  hard  and  somewhat  polished,  as  wide  as  high, 
18  mm.;  two  large  temporals;  eight  supralabials,  the  seventh  as  long 
as  the  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth;  seven  infralabials,  the  fifth  15  mm. 
long  on  specimen  7120;  mental  small,  the  submental  much  larger; 
eyelids  scaly;  nostril  in  a  single  nasal  which  is  in  contact  with  the 
rostral,  first  supralabial,  anterior  loreal  and  frontonasal;  tympanum 
large;  body  scales  about  twice  as  large  dorsally  as  ventrally,  40 
around  the  middle  of  the  body;  digits  well  developed  with  large, 
sharp  claws,  the  fourth  toe  half  as  long  as  the  leg  and  with  22  lamel- 
lae; tail  long  and  prehensile,  total  length  of  specimen  No.  7119,610 
(255   +   355)  mm.  and  specimen  No.  7120,485   (167   +   318)  mm. 

The  life  color  of  this  species  was  observed  by  Captain  Beck. 
The  following  has  been  extracted  from  his  field  notes:  "The  color 
pattern  is  dorsally  a  series  of  grey-green  cross  patches  with  dark 
brown  scales  scattered  through  these  areas.  Narrower  cross  lines 
of  blue-grey  separate  the  larger  areas.  In  one  specimen  these  lines 
are  pale  yellow-green.  The  larger  areas  are  brownish  green.  This 
color  arrangement  also  extends  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  legs,  tail 
and  feet.  The  dorsal  scales  of  the  head  have  a  tendency  to  be  splashed 
with  yellow  instead  of  blue,  blue-grey,  or  yellow- green. 

"Ventrally  the  feet  are  a  mustard  yellow  with  the  color  ex- 
tending out  part  way  on  the  toes.  The  ventral  part  of  the  tail,  ab- 
domen, and  thorax  is  a  grey-blue  as  on  the  dorsum  of  the  body.  There 
is  an  indistinct  patterning  of  the  ventral  area  proper  by  faint  grey- 
green  lines.   The  scales  of  the  chin  are  yellow-green. 

"The  eyes  are  greenish  with  a  black  pupil." 

Captain  Beck  kept  one  of  these  specimens  in  captivity  for  about 
two  weeks.  "I  find  it  is  quite  docile  in  captivity.  Only  when  it  has 
been  molested  has  it  given  any  signs  of  protecting  itself.  Upon  being 
teased  it  leans  to  one  side,  backs  away  using  its  tail  where  ever  it  can 
attach  itself,  then  opens  its  powerful  mouth.  Standing  high  on  its 
short  front  legs,  holding  its  mouth  open  it  is  ready  to  firmly  bite 
onto  any  object  getting  close  enough  to  be  clamped  on  to.  Closing 
the  mouth  it  occasionally  thrusts  its  short  stubby  pink  colored  non- 
forked  tongue  out." 

This  lizard  which  is  endemic  to  the  Solomon  Islands  feeds  upon 
leaves  of  trees  at  night  and  sleeps  in  the  cavities  of  the  trees  during 
the  day.    The  two  specimens  before  me  are  perfect  ones. 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology  no.  v  73 

PEDIPORUS  SCHMIDTI   (Burt) 

Burt,  Am.  Mus.  Novitates  No.  427,  June,  1930.  p.  3. 

BYU  6973-4,  6975  Guadalcanal  (E.  Reimschiissel)  August,  1944 

BYU  7006-7,  7011-13  Guadalcanal  ( E.  Reimschiissel)  May,  1944 

BYU  7028-37  Guadalcanal  ( E.  Reimschiissel)  September,  1944 

BYU  7076-80,  7111  Guadalcanal  ( E.  Reimschiissel)  July,  1944 

BYU  7153-54,  7156-58  Guadalcanal  (E.  Reimschiissel)  September,  1944 

BYU  7261-2,  7269-89  Guadalcanal  (E.  Reimschiissel)  July,  1944 

BYU  7468-71,  7764  Guadalcanal  (E.  Reimschiissel)  July,  1944 

Rostral  one  third  as  high  as  wide;  nostril  in  large  angular  scale; 
four  large  supraoculars;  mental  wide,  postmental  slightly  longer  than 
the  large  contiguous  chin  shields;  tympanium  large  and  unguarded; 
head  wide  at  the  temporal  region;  five  rows  of  large  keeled  ventral 
scales;  two  large  preanal  scales;  lateral  and  dorsal  scales  heavily 
keeled  and  spiny,  two  dorsal  rows  of  large  scales;  an  average  of  30  to 
33  from  occupit  to  base  of  tail;  29  to  30  ventral  scales  from  large  chin 
shields  to  preanal  scales.  Scales  of  the  head  heavily  striated;  18  to  20 
lamellae  under  the  fourth  toe  of  the  hind  foot.  Length  101  (40  + 
61 )  mm.  The  fifty-three  specimens  reported  above  are  in  very  good 
condition.  Color  of  dorsal  dark  brown,  ventral  light  brown,  tail  and 
lateral  body  with  light  bands  and  stripes. 

LYGOSOMA  (SPHENOMORPHUS)  CRANEI  Schmidt 

Schmidt,  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.,  19,  No.  9,  p.  182,  1932. 

BYU  7088,7297.      Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck)         August, 

BYU  7299  Tenaru  River  Area      (I.  Johnson)         September, 

(H.  Hawkins)      1944 

Rostral  three  fourths  as  high  as  wide;  no  supranasals;  prefront- 
als in  contact  along  a  median  suture;  frontal  long,  longer  than  the 
combined  frontoparietal  and  interparietal;  parietal  large;  lower 
eyelid  scaly;  supralabials  eight,  infralabials  seven;  mental,  sub- 
mental and  three  pairs  of  chin-shields;  twenty-six  to  twenty-nine 
lamellae  under  the  fourth  toe,  thirty-three  scales  around  the  middle 
of  the  body;  scales  smooth;  length  158  (60  +  98)  mm. 

This  long  tailed  skink  has  a  light  brown  ground  color  with  whit- 
ish bands  which  extend  from  the  sides  over  the  back  and  tail,  giving 
the  specimen  a  banded  appearance;  on  the  sides  are  some  dark  bars 
which  are  very  noticeable.  The  ventral  parts  are  light  yellowish 
with  some  brown  scales  on  the  under  surface  of  the  tail. 

LYGOSOMA  (SPHENOMORPHUS)  BIGNELLI  Schmidt 

Schmidt,  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  18,  No.  9,  p.  183,  1932. 

BYU  6994-99  Guadalcanal      (D  E.  Beck)  June,  1944 

Tenaru  River  (E.  Reimschiissel)  July,  1944 


74 


VASCO   M.    TANNER 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XI,  Nos.  3-4 


BYU  7069-70 
BYU  7087,  7089 

BYU  7109-10,  7152 
BYU  7249-50,  7257 
BYU  7305,  8892 


Guadalcanal 
Guadalcanal 

Guadalcanal 
Guadalcanal 
Guadalcanal 


(D  E.  Beck) 
(I.  Johnson) 
(H.  Hawkins) 
(E.  Reimschiissel) 
(E.  Reimschiissel) 
(D  E.  Beck) 


August,  1944 


August,  1944 
August,  1944 
September,  1944 


Rostral  one  third  wider  than  high;  snout  pointed;  no  supra- 
nasals;  frontal  elongate  with  a  narrow  contact  with  frontonasal;  nos- 
tril in  a  single  nasal;  eyelid  scaly;  ear  opening  large;  four  supra- 
oculars; six  supralabials,  six  infralabials.  Mental  scales  large;  sub- 
mental and  three  pairs  of  chin  shields  large;  lamellae  18  under  the 
fourth  toe;  body  scales  smooth  twenty- two  to  twenty-three  rows 
around  the  body  at  the  middle.  Length  73  (33  +  40)  mm.  This  is  a 
small  species.  The  specimens  listed  above  are  about  65  to  80  mm. 
in  total  length. 

The  color  of  preserved  specimens  is  a  dark  brown  ground  color 
with  small  white  areas  along  the  sides  of  the  body,  over  the  tail  and 
less  over  the  back.  An  irregular  light  band  of  about  two  scales  in 
width  along  the  sides.  The  white  spots  are  due  to  the  distal  portion 
of  one  to  three  scales  being  white.  The  underside  is  a  cream  to  white 
in  color  on  the  throat,  belly,  and  portion  of  the  underside  of  the  tail. 
There  is,  however,  some  suffusion  of  brown  scales  among  the  white 
ones  on  the  underside  of  the  tail. 


LYGOSOMA    (LYGOSOMA)    SOLOMONIS    Boulenger 
Boulenger,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  p.  334,  1887. 

D  E.  Beck)     May,  1944 


BYU  6976 
BYU  7014 
BYU  7067 
BYU  7083 

BYU  7151 

BYU  7302 

BYU  7474 


6989-93 

7022-27 

■8,  7071-2 

6,  7095-6 


Guadalcanal 
Guadalcanal 
Guadalcanal 
Guadalcanal 


,  7251,  7300    Guadalcanal 
■4,  7307-8 
,  8895 


(D  E.  Beck)     June,  1944 

(E.  Reimschiissel)     July,  1944 

(J.  Johnson)     August,  1944 

(H.  Hawkins) 

(D  E.  Beck)     August,  1944 

(E.  Reimschiissel) 
Guadalcanal      (J.  Johnson)     August,  1944 

(H.  Hawkins) 
Guadalcanal      (D  E.  Beck)     January,  1945 


Rostral  twice  as  wide  as  high,  in  contact  with  the  first  supra- 
labial,  nasal  and  frontonasal;  interna  sals  not  present;  prefrontals 
separated  by  the  frontal,  which  is  in  contact  with  the  first  and  second 
supraoculars;  parietals  large  and  bordered  by  two  to  six  pairs  of 
nuchals.  Lower  eyelid  scaly.  Ear  opening  large  without  lobules, 
supralabials  seven,  infralabials  six;  mental  large,  submental  and 
three  rows  of  chin  shields;  twenty-six  to  twenty-eight  scale  rows 
around  the  body;  sixteen  lamellae  under  the  fourth  toe;  legs  and 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology,  no.  v  75 

digits  short.   Length  113  (49  +  64)  mm. 

Color  of  live  specimens  according  to  Captain  Beck's  notes  is  as 
follows:  "Dark  brown  with  light  brown  speckling  under  surface 
of  body,  light  tan  between  fore  legs  and  light  rust  for  a  short  distance 
behind  the  rear  legs." 

LYGOSOMA   (LYGOSOMA)   CONCINNATUM  Boulenger 
Boulenger,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  p.  335,  1887. 

BYU  6977-79,        Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck)  July,  1944 

7073-4  Tenaru  River  area  (E.  Reimsehiissel) 

BYU  7091-2,  Guadalcanal  (I.  Johnson)  September,  1944 

7149-50  (H.  Hawkins) 

BYU  7159,  7298,  Guadalcanal  ( H.  Hawkins)  January,  1945 

7466  (I.  Johnson) 

Rostral  about  twice  as  wide  as  high;  no  supranasal;  frontanasal 
broader  than  high;  nostril  in  a  single  nasal;  four  supraoculars;  six 
to  seven  supralabials  and  six  to  seven  infralabials,  fifth  supralabial 
larger  and  entering  the  orbit;  ear  opening  oval  and  large,  lower 
eye  lid  scaly;  body  scales  smooth,  forty- two  around  the  body  at  the 
middle;  lamellae  under  4th  toe,  twenty-two  to  twenty-four;  length 
144  (62  +  82)  mm. 

Color  a  dark  brown  with  zig-zag  dark  spots  or  blotches  on  the 
back;  sides  with  white  spots  in  the  brown  ground  color;  under  surface 
light  with  some  brown  spots  on  the  tail;  black  spots  edged  with  white 
between  the  tympanium  and  shoulder,  the  dorsal  scales  with  a  me- 
tallic scheen.  This  species  is  common  under  logs  where  the  soil  is 
moist,  but  not  too  wet. 

LYGOSOMA    (LEIOLEPISMA)    ANOLIS    (Boulenger) 
Boulenger,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (5)  XII,  p.  161,  1883. 

BYU  6964,  7075        Guadalcanal         (E.  Reimsehiissel)       August,  1942 
BYU  7252,  7264        Guadalcanal         (D  E.  Beck)       August,  1944 
BYU  7268,  7765        Guadalcanal         (D  E.  Beck)      Jan.  Feb.,  1945 

Rostral  wide  and  broad,  nostril  in  one  nasal  scale;  frontonasal 
large,  prefrontals  in  contact,  five  supraoculars,  large  almost  in  contact 
on  the  median  line.  Mentum,  submentum  and  three  pairs  of  chin 
shields  large;  median  dorsal  pair  of  scales  large,  thirty-three  around 
the  middle  of  the  body;  digits  with  proximal  lamellae  expanded, 
distal  ones  contracted,  fourth  toe  with  seven  to  nine  contracted  and 
fourteen  to  eighteen  expanded  lamellae;  length  108  (53  +  55)  mm. 

Color  black  and  sides  light  to  cream,  belly  white,  head  with 
some  black. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
76  VASCO   M.    TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

LYGOSOMA   ( LEIOLEPISMA )   NOCTUA  Lesson 
Lesson  Voy.  "Coquille"  Zool.  2,  p.  48,  1830. 

BYU  7000,  7009,  7060        Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck)     June,  1944 

Tenaru  River 

BYU  7093,  7113,  7294        Guadalcanal  (I.  Johnson)     July,  1944 

BYU  7667,  7867,  8890-1      Guadalcanal  (H.  Hawkins)     August,  1944 

BYU  8893  Guadalcanal  (E.  Reimschiissel)  Sept.,  1944 

Rostral  twice  as  broad  as  high;  frontonasal  and  frontal  in  contact 
and  long;  supraocular  four,  large,  the  first  two  in  contact  with  the 
frontal;  nostril  in  one  nasal  scale;  seven  supralabials  and  six  infra- 
labials;  lower  eye  lid  with  transparent  disc;  ear  opening  medium 
with  out  lobules;  mental  and  submental  small;  twenty-four  to  twen- 
ty-eight scales  around  the  middle  of  the  body.  Eighteen  to  twenty- 
two  lamellae  under  the  fourth  toe,  average  length  of  five  specimens 
83  (39  +  44)  mm. 

Color,  a  dorsal  and  lateral  white  line  bordered  by  dark  brown 
rows  of  scales;  under  surface  white;  tail  with  some  cross  bars.  There 
is  some  variation  in  these  specimens  especially  in  the  head  scales  and 
color.  A  large  series  from  the  Solomon  Islands  should  be  carefully 
studied.  The  Morotai  and  Admiralty  Islands  specimens  are  darker 
in  color. 


EMOIA  CYANURA  (Lesson) 

Lesson,  Zool.  in  Duperry,  Voyage  antour  du  Monde  dur  La  Coquille, 
Vol.  2  pt.  1,  p.  47,  1830. 

BYU  6969-71  Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck)     May  16,  1944 

BYU  6980-86,  7003  Guadalcanal  (D  E.   Beck)     June  2,  1944 

BYU  7043-45,  7082  Guadalcanal  (D   E.   Beck)     July,   1944 

BYU  7112-7114,  7125  Guadalcanal  (E.  Reimschiissel)  August,  1944 

BYU  7131,  7255,  7258-60  Guadalcanal  (J.  Johnson)     August,  1944 

(H.  Hawkins) 

BYU  7256,  7301,  7306  Guadalcanal  (D  E.  Beck)     September,  1944 

Rostral  twice  as  wide  as  high;  nostril  between  three  small  scales, 
the  nasal  supranasal  and  postnasal;  frontonasal  in  broad  contact  with 
the  rostral,  broader  than  long;  four  supraciliaries;  lower  eyelid  with 
a  transparent  disk;  ear  opening  oval,  with  several  short  anterior 
lobules;  seven  supralabials;  six  infralabials;  mental  large.  Scale 
rows  around  the  middle  of  the  body  twenty-seven  to  thirty,  2  (27), 
14  (28),  4  (29),  6  (30);  lamellae  on  the  underside  of  the  fourth 
toe  are  two  kinds,  the  proximal  ones  are  broad  and  smooth,  while 
the  distal  ones  are  slightly  comprised  and  sharp  edged,  the  proximal 
ones  vary  from  sixty-one  to  seventy-five  and  the  distal  ones  from 


Doc.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology,  no.  v  77 

six  to  seven  in  number.  The  average  body  and  tail  length  is  from 
120  to  138  mm. 

The  dorsal  color  is  dark  brown  to  black  with  three  yellow  to 
white  stripes. 

Captain  Beck,  while  searching  for  coconut  shells  which  con- 
tained water  where  mosquitoes  may  be  breeding,  found  several  shells 
which  contained  lizard  eggs.  Some  of  these  eggs  were  placed  in  a 
pill  box  and  in  two  days,  two  eggs  had  hatched.  These  lizards  and 
some  of  the  unhatched  eggs  and  shells  were  preserved.  They  are 
listed  under  No.  7255.  One  shell  which  is  in  perfect  shape,  from 
which  a  lizard  hatched  and  escaped  from  a  hole  4  mm.  in  diameter 
in  the  side  of  the  egg,  is  1 1  mm.  in  length  and  7  mm.  in  diamenter; 
one  other  shell  is  14  mm.  in  length  and  7  mm.  in  diameter.  The  two 
young  lizards  were  preserved  two  days  after  hatching,  one  of  them 
has  a  length  of  59  (21  +  38)  mm.  and  the  other  58  (22  +  36)  mm. 
It  would  appear  that  the  young  lizards  are  about  one  half  the  adult 
length  at  the  time  of  hatching. 

EMOIA  NIGRUM  (H.  and  J.) 
Hombron  and  Jacquinot,  Voy.  au  Pole  Sud.  Rept.  1842,  p.  11. 

BYU  6965,  6919,  7001  Guadalcanal     (D  E.  Beck)     May,  1944 

(J.  Chattin) 

BYU  7081,  7094,  7097-99       Guadalcanal     (I.  Johnson)     August,  1944 

(H.  Hawkins)     August,  1944 

BYU  7100,  7106-8,  7295        Guadalcanal     (E.  Reimschiissel)  July,  1944 

BYU  7296,  7766,  8888  Guadalcanal     (D  E.  Beck)  September,  1944 

Rostral  two-thirds  as  high  as  wide,  supranasal  small;  nostril 
between  prenasal,  postnasal,  and  supranasal;  four  supraoculars; 
frontonasal  in  contact  with  the  rostral;  prefrontals  and  frontal  com- 
bined length  equal  to  length  of  frontoparientals  and  interparietal; 
transparent  disc  in  lower  eye  lid;  six  to  seven  supralabials,  the  fifth 
one  larger  and  beneath  the  eye;  six  infralabials;  mental,  submental 
and  first  pair  of  chin  shields  about  equal  in  length.  Scales  smooth, 
dorsals  largest,  thirty-one  to  thirty-seven  around  the  middle  of  the 
body;  lamellae  thirty-one  to  thirty-six  on  under  surface  of  fourth  toe. 
Average  length  of  eight  specimens  is  236  (87  +  149)  mm. 

Color  dark  brown  above  and  light  pink  to  cream  below  in  adults. 
In  young  specimens  the  back  is  golden  to  light  browrn  in  color. 

The  following  is  from  Beck's  notes;  "Chattin  and  I  caught  these 
specimens  in  a  coconut  grove.  They  were  first  observed  in  a  grassy 
area  and  then  caught  as  they  tried  to  escape  under  scales  of  a  coco- 
nut tree  which  was  in  the  process  of  decay." 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
78  VASCO  M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

CHECK   LIST   OF   SOLOMON   ISLANDS 
AMPHIBIANS   AND   REPTILES 

Synoptic  studies  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  of  the  Solomon 
Islands  have  been  made  by  Boulenger,  1884-90;  Barbour,  1921;  King- 
horn,  1928;  Burt,  1932;  and  Schmidt,  1932.  Aside  from  the  above 
are  many  recent,  scattered  comments  and  descriptions  of  species  of 
the  fauna  of  this  archipelago.  In  making  this  study,  I  have  found 
that  the  following  list  has  been  of  great  help.  It  is  presented  with  no 
claim  to  completeness,  but  with  the  hope  that  it  may  be  of  some 
value  to  future  students  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  of  this  area. 


AMPHIBIA 

Family  Bufonidae 

GENUS  and  SPECIES  LOCALITY  —  ISLANDS 

BUFO  Laurenti,  Syn.  Rep.  1768, 
p.  25 

1.  MARINUS   (Linnaeus)  Guadalcanal. 

Family  Hylidae 

HYLA  Laurenti,  Syn.  Rept.  1768, 
p.  32 

2.  THESAURENSIS  Peters  Guadalcanal,  Mono,  Bougainville, 

macrop  Blgr.  Fauro,  Isabel,  New  Georgia,  Russell, 

lutea  Blgr.  Tulagi,  Malaita. 

solomonis  Vogt 

PALMATORAPPIA  Ahl,  S.B.  Ges. 
Naturf.  Fr. 
Berlin,  p.  113,  1927. 

3.  SOLOMONIS    (Sternfeld)        Buka. 

Family  Ranidae 

CERATOBATRACHUS  Boulenger 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London, 
p.  212,  1884. 

4.  GUENTHERI  Blgr.  Guadalcanal,  Russell,  Florida,  Bou- 

gainville,   Choiseul,    Kulambangara, 
Mono,  Ronongo,  Shortland,  Vella 
Lavella. 

CORNUFER  Tschudi,  Mem.  Soc. 
Sc.  Nat.  Neuchatel,  II, 
p.  28,  1839. 

5.  CORRUGATUS  A.  Dum.  Bougainville,  Choiseul,  Ronongo, 

Mono. 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology,  no.  v 


79 


6.  NECKERI  Brown  and  Myers  Bougainville. 

7.  GUPPYI   (Blgr.)  Florida,  Guadalcanal,  Isabel. 

RANA  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.  10  Ed. 
p.  210,  1758. 

8.  PAPUA  NOVAEBRITAN- 
NIAE    Werner 

9.  KREFFTI  Blgr. 


Guadalcanal,  Bougainville. 
Mono,  Bougainville. 


Bougainville,  Fauro,  Choiseul,  Mono, 
Rendova,  Ronongo. 
Isabel,   Florida,  Treasury,  Bougain- 
ville, Kulambangara. 


DISCODELES  Boulenger,  Ann. 
Mag.  Nat.  Hist  (9)  I, 
p.  238,  1918. 

10.  BUFONIFORMIS  Blgr. 

opisthodon  Blgr. 

11.  GUPPYI  Blgr.  Fide  W.  C. 

Brown,  manuscript. 

PLATYMANTIS  Gunther,  Cat.  Batr. 
Sal.  Brit.  Mus.  90,  93,  1858. 

12.  SOLOMONIS  Blgr.  Isabel. 

13.  PAPUENSIS  WEBERI  Tulagi,   Guadalcanal. 

Schmidt 

14.  MYERSI  Brown  Bougainville. 

HYPSIRANA  Kinghorn,  Rec.  Aus- 
tral. Mus.  XVI,  p.  130, 
1928. 

15.  HEFFERNANI  Kinghorn        Isabel. 

BATRACHYLODES   Boulenger, 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London, 
p.  337,  1887. 

16.  VERTEBRALIS  Blgr.  Russell,  Florida,  Isabel. 

chaperina  friedericii  Stern- 
feld  Buka 


REPTILIA 

Squamata  -  Serpentes 
Family  Typhlopidae 


TYPHLOPS  Schneider,  Hist.  Amph. 
II,  p.  339,  1801. 

17.  ALUENSIS  Blgr. 

T.  philococos  Werner 

18.  BECKI  Tanner 

19.  OLIVACEUS  REDUNCUS 
Barbour 

20.  CUMINGII    MANSUETUS 
Barbour 

21.  INFRALABIALIS    Waite 

22.  ADAMSI  Tanner 

23.  BERGI  Peters 

24.  SOLOMONIS  Parker 


Alu,  San  Cristobal,  Isabel,  Tulagi, 

Guadalcanal,  Malaita,  Ronongo. 

Guadalcanal. 

San  Cristobal,  Guadalcanal. 

San  Cristobal. 

Malaita,  Guadalcanal. 
Guadalcanal. 
New  Georgia. 
Bougainville. 


80 


VASCO   M.    TANNER 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XL  Nos.  3-4 


Family  Boidae 


ENYGRUS  Wagler,  Syst.  Amph.  p. 
166,  1830. 
CARINATUS  Schneider 


25. 

26. 

27. 
28. 


AUSTRALIS   (Montrouzier) 
BIBRONII  H.  and  J. 
ASPER  (Gunther) 

Erelophis  asper  Gunther 


Santa  Ana,   San  Cristobal,   Guadal- 
canal. 

San  Cristobal,  Santa  Ana. 
Solomon  Islands. 
Bougainville. 


Family  Colubridae 

CHERSYDRUS  Cuvier,  Reg.  Anim. 
II,   p.  75,  1817. 

29.  GRANULATUS  Schneider        Malaita,  Isabel. 

BOIGA  Stejneger,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 
Wash.  XV,  p.  15,  1902. 

30.  IRREGULARIS  (Merrem)        Bougainville,   Florida,   Guadalcanal, 

Coluber  irregularis  Isabel,  Mono,  Ronongo,  Narovo, 

Merrem  Rendovo. 

Dipsadamorphius  irregular- 
is Blgr. 
Boiga  irregularis  Stejneger 

AHAETULLA  Link,  Beschr.  Nat. 
Samml.  Rostock,  (2),  78, 
1807. 

31.  CALLIGASTER  (Gunther) 

Dendrophis  callig aster 

Gunther 

Dendrophis  salomonis 

Gunther. 

MICROPECHIS  Boulenger,  Brit. 
Mus.  Cat.  Snakes,  III, 
p.  347,  1896. 

32.  ELAPOIDES  (Boulenger) 

Hoplocephalus  elapoides 
Blgr. 

DENISONIA  Krefft,  Proc.  Zool. 
Soc.  London,   p.   321,   1869. 

33.  PAR   (Blgr) 

Hoplocephalus  par  Blgr. 
Hoplocephalus  melanurus 
Blgr. 

Denisonia  melanurus  Blgr. 

34.  WOODFORDII  (Blgr.)  New  Georgia,  Rendova. 

Hoplocephalus  woodfordii 
Blgr. 
Denisonia  woodfordii  Blgr. 

LATICAUDA   Laurenti,   Syn.    Rept. 
p.  109,  1768. 

35.  COLUBRINA  Schneider  Bougainville,  Buka,  Isabel,  Guadal- 

Hydrus  colubrinus  canal,  San  Cristobal,  Choiseul. 


Guadalcanal,  Ugi,  Bougainville, 
Choiseul,  Fauro,  Florida,  Gizo,  San 
Cristobal,  Rendova. 
Malaita. 


Florida. 


Guadalcanal,  Isabel,  Faro. 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology,  no.  v  81 

Schneider 

Platurus  colubrinus  Blgr. 

36.  CROCKERI  Slevin  Rennell. 

PELAMYDRUS  Stejneger,  Proc. 

U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  XXXVIII, 
p.  Ill,  1910. 

37.  PLATURUS  Linnaeus  Solomon  Islands. 

Anguis  platura  L. 
Hydrus  platura  Blgr. 

PARAPISTOCALAMUS  Roux,  Vehr. 
Naturf.  Ges.  Basel,  45, 
p.  78,  1934. 

38.  HEDIGERI  Roux  Bougainville. 

HYDROPHIS  Latreille,  Suite  a 
Deterville  Ed.  Button, 
Rept,  IV,  p.  193,  1801. 

39.  CYANOCINCTUS  Daudin         Guadalcanal. 


Loricata 

Family  Crocodylidae 

CROCODYLUS  Gronovius,  Zooph.,  I, 
10,  1763. 
40.    POROSUS  Schneider  Guadalcanal,  Isabel. 


Squamata  -  Sauria 

Family  Agamidae 

GONOCEPHALUS  Kaup,  Isis 
(Oken)  p.  590,  1825. 

41.  GODEFFROYI  (Peters)  Bougainville,  Santa  Ana,  San  Cristo- 

Lophura  godeffroyi  Peters  bal. 

Family  Gekkonidae 

GYMNODACTYLUS  Boulenger, 
Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Liz.  I, 
p.  22,  1885. 

42.  PELAGICUS   (Girard)  Guadalcanal,  Isabel. 

43.  LOUISIADENSIS  De  Vis        Solomon  Islands. 

Gymnodactylus  loriae  Blgr. 
G.  olivii  Garman 

GEHYRA  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc. 
London,  II,  p.  100,  1834. 

44.  OCEANICA  (Lesson)  Bougainville,  Mono,  Guadalcanal, 

Gehyra  vorax  Girard.  San  Cristobal. 

45.  MUTILATA  Wiegm.  Buka. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
82  VASCO   M.    TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

LEPIDODACTYLUS  Fitzingen,  Syst. 
Rept.  p.  98,  1843. 

46.  LUGUBRIS  (Dum.  and  Bibr.) Guadalcanal. 

47.  GUPPYI  Blgr.  Guadalcanal,  Faro,  Isabel,  Whitney. 

48.  WOODFORDII  Blgr.  Faro,  Guadalcanal 

GEKKO  Laurenti,  Syn.  Rept.  p.  43, 
1768. 

49.  VITTATUS  Houttuyn  Guadalcanal,  Santa  Ana,  Bougain- 

ville, Ugi,  New  Georgia. 

PSEUDOGEKKO  Taylor,  Bur.  Sci. 
Publ.  No.  17,  p.  103,  1922. 

50.  SHEBAE  Brown  and  Tanner  Guadalcanal. 

Family  Varanidae 

VARANUS  Merrem,  Tent.  Syst. 
Amph.  p.  58,  1820. 

51.  INDICUS  (Daudin)  Guadalcanal. 

Tupinambus  indicus  Daudin 

Family  Scincidae 

CORUCIA  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc. 
London,  p.  217,  1885. 

52.  ZEBRATA  Gray  Guadalcanal,  Ugi,  Santa  Ana,  Isabel. 

TRIBOLONOTUS  Dumeril  and  Bib- 
ron,  Erp.  Gen.  V,  p.  346, 
1839. 

53.  PONCELETI  Kinghorn  Solomon  Islands. 

PEDIPORUS  Roux,  Verh.  Naturf. 
Ges.  Basel,  41,  p.  129, 
1930. 

54.  BLANCHARDI   (Burt)  Choiseul. 

Tribolonotus  blanchardi 
Burt 

55.  SCHMIDTI  (Burt)  Beagle,  Guadalcanal,  Bougainville. 

Tribolonotus  schmidti  Burt 

DASIA  Gray,  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  II, 
p.  331,  1839. 

56.  SMARAGDINUM    PERVIRI-  Isabel,  New  Georgia,  Malaita, 

DIS  Barbour  Guadalcanal,  Bougainville. 

RIOPA  Gray,  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  II, 
p.  332,  1839. 

57.  ALBOFASCIOLATA  (Gunth-  Guadalcanal,  Faro,  Malaita,  Ugi, 
er)  San  Cristobal. 

Lygosoma  striato-fasciatum 
Ogilby. 

LYGOSOMA  Hardwick  and  Gray, 
Zool.  Journ.  Ill,   (10), 
p.  228,  1857. 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology,  no.  v 


83 


Isabel,  Guadalcanal. 

Kulambangara,  Guadalcanal. 

Bougainville. 

Malaita,  Faro,  Isabel,  Guadalcanal. 

San  Cristobal,  Ugi,  Faro. 

Guadalcanal,  Faro,  New  Georgia, 
Malaita,  Tulagi,  Isabel. 


58.  (SPHENOMORPHUS) 
CRANEI  Schmidt 

59.  (SPHENOMORPHUS) 
BIGNELLI  Schmidt 

60.  ( SPHENOMORPHUS ) 
TAYLORI  Burt 

61.  (LYGOSOMA) 
SOLOMONIS  Blgr. 

62.  (LYGOSOMA) 
WOODFORDI  Blgr. 

63.  (LYGOSOMA) 
CONCINNATUM  Blgr. 

Sphenomorphiis  concinnatum  Blgr. 
Lygosoma  (Otosaurus)  wolfi  Sternfeld 

64.  (LEIOLEPISMA)   ANOLIS      Guadalcanal,  Santa  Ana,  Shortland, 
(Blgr.)  Santa  Cruz,  Malaita,  San  Cristobal, 

Lipinia  anolis  Blgr.  Ugi,  Treasury. 

Lygosoma  anolis  Blgr. 
Leiolepisma  anolis  Blgr. 

65.  (LEIOLEPISMA)  NOCTUA    Guadalcanal,  New  Georgia. 
Lesson 


EMOIA  Gray,  Cat.  Lizards  Coll. 
Brit.  Mus.,  p.  95,  1845. 

66.  CYANOGASTER   (Lesson) 

Scincus  cyanogaster  Les- 
son 

Lygosoma  cyanogaster 
Blgr. 

67.  CYANURA  (Lesson) 


Guadalcanal,  San  Cristobal,  Santa 
Ana,  Ugi,  Isabel,  Buki. 


68.  NIGRUM  Hombrom  and 
Jacquinot 

Eumeces  niger  H.  and  J. 
Lygosoma  nigrum  Blgr. 

69.  MANNI  Brown  San  Cristobal. 

70.  WHITNEYI  Burt  Shortland. 

71.  FLAVIGULARIS  Schmidt        Isabel. 

72.  WERNERI  (Vogt)  Kulambangara. 

Lygosoma   Cyanurum   Vogt 
Lygosoma  Werneri 
Triviale  Schuz 

73.  SANFORDI  Schmidt  Fauro. 


Guadalcanal,  Ugi,  San  Cristobal, 

Malaita. 

Guadalcanal,  New  Georgia,  Ugi, 

San  Cristobal. 


LITERATURE   CITED 

Barbour,  Thomas 

1912.  A  Contribution  to  the  Zoogeography  of  the  East  Indian 
Islands.  Mem.  Mus.  of  Comp.  Zool.  Vol.  44,  pp.  1-203, 
pis.  1-8. 

1921.  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  From  the  British  Solomon  Is- 
lands. Proc.  New  Eng.  Zool.  Club.  VII,  pp.  91-112. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
84  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

Boulenger,  G.  A. 

1882.  Catalogue  of  the  Batrachia,  Salientia,  Ecaudata  in  the 
British  Museum.    Second  Edition. 

1885.  Catalogue  of  the  Lizards  in  the  British  Museum.  Vol.  II, 
Second  Edition. 

1886.  On  the  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  of  the  Solomon  Islands. 
Trans.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  Vol.  XII,  pp.  35-62. 

Brown,  Walter  C. 

1948.  A  New  Lizard  of  the  Genus  Emoia  From  the  Solomon 
Islands.   Herpetological,  Vol.  4,  pp.  159-160. 

1949.  A  New  Frog  of  the  Genus  Platymantis  From  the  Solomon 
Islands.   Am.  Mus.  Novit.  No.  1387,  pp.  1-4. 

Brown,  Walter  C.  and  Myers,  Geo.  S. 

1949.  A  New  Frog  of  the  Genus  Cornufer  from  the  Solomon 
Islands,  with  Notes  On  the  Endemic  Nature  of  the  Fijian 
Frog  Fauna.    Am.  Mus.  Novit.  No.  1418,  pp.  1-10. 

Brown,  Walter  C.  and  Tanner,  Vasco  M. 

1949.  Rediscovery  of  the  Genus  Pseudogekko  with  Description 
of  a  New  Species  From  the  Solomon  Islands.  Great  Ba- 
sin Nat.  Vol.  IX,  pp.  41-45. 

Burt,  Chalres  E. 

1930.  Herpetological  Results  of  the  Whitney  South  Sea  Expe- 
ditions. IV,  Description  Of  New  Species  of  Lizards  From 
the  Pacific  Islands  (Scincidae).  Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  No. 
427,  pp.  1-3. 

Burt,  Charles  and  May  D. 

1932.  Herpetological  Results  of  the  Whitney  South  Sea  Expe- 
dition. IV  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  63,  pp.  461- 
597. 

De  Rooij,  N. 

1915.    The  Reptiles  of  the  Indo- Australian  Archipelago,  Vol.  I. 
1917.    The  Reptiles  of  the  Indo- Australian  Archipelago.  Vol.  II. 

Kinghorn,  J.  R. 

1928.    ITerpetology  of  the  Solomon  Islands.   Records  Australian 


Dec.  29,  1951      pacific  islands  herpetology,  no.  v  85 

Mus.  Vol.  XVI  (3).  pp.  123-178.  (One  of  the  most  use- 
ful publications  on  the  Herpetology  of  the  Solomon  Is- 
lands). 

1929.  Herpetological  Notes,  No.  2.  Records  Australian  Mus. 
Vol.  XVIII,  p.  86. 

1937.  A  New  Species  of  Scink  from  the  Solomon  Islands.  Re- 
cords Australian  Mus.  Vol.  XX,  pp.  1-2,  pi. 

Lever,  J.  A.  W. 

1945.    The  Giant  Toad  in  the  Solomon  Islands  (Bufo  marinus). 
Agri.  J.  Fiji,  Vol.  16,  3,  p.  1. 

Loveridge,  Arthur 

1948.  New  Guinean  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  in  the  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology  and  United  States  National 
Museum.  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard  College,  Vol. 
101   (2),  pp.  305-430. 

Parker,  H.  W. 

1939.  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  From  Bougainville,  Solomon  Is- 
lands. Bull.  Mus.  Roy  d'hist.  Nat.  de  Belgique.  Vol.  XV, 
(60)  pp.  1-5. 

Pendleton,  Robert  C. 

1949.  The  Rain  Shadow  Effect  on  the  Plant  Formations  of 
Guadalcanal.  Ecol.  Monographs.   Vol.  19,  pp.  75-93. 

Peters,  James  A. 

1948.  A  New  Snake  of  the  Genus  Typhlops  from  the  Solomon 
Islands.  Occas.  Papers,  of  the  Mus.  of  Zool.  Univ.  of 
Michigan  No.  508,  pp.  1-6. 

Roux,  Jean 

1930.  Note  sur  un  Reptile  scincide,  des  Solomon  presentand  des 
pores  pediaus.  Verhandl,  d.  Naturf.  Ges.  Basel,  XLI,  pp. 
129-135.   PI.  III. 

1934.  Contribution  A  La  Connaissance  de  la  Faune  Erpeloto- 
gique  des  lies  Salomon.  Verhanalugen  der  Naturforsch- 
enden  Gesellschoft  in  Basel,  Vol.  XLX. 

Robson,  R.  W. 

1945.    The  Pacific  Islands  Handbook,  1944. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
86  VASCO   M.   TANNER  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

Schmidt,  Karl  P. 

1932.  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  From  the  Solomon  Islands. 
Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Zool.  Series,  Vol.  XVIII  (9)  pp 
175-190. 

Slevin  Jos.  R. 

1934.  The  Templeton  Crocker  Expedition  to  Western  Poly- 
nesian and  Melanesian  Islands,  1933.  No.  15.  Notes 
on  Reptiles  and  Amphibians  with  the  description  of  a 
new  species  of  Sea  Snake.  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  .Sci.  (4) 
Vol.  21,  pp.  183-188. 

Sternfeld,  Robert 

1921.  Zur  Tiergeographie  Papuasiens  und  der  pazifischen  In- 
selwelt.  Abhandl.  Senckenb.  Naturf.  Ges.  Vol.  36,  pp. 
373-436,  pi.  XXXI. 

Tanner,  Vasco  M. 

1948.  Pacific  Islands  Herpetology  No.  I.,  Mariana  Islands,  A 
New  Species  of  Typhlops.  Great  Basin  Nat.  Vol.  IX,  pp. 
1-20.    Figs.  1-6. 

Van  Kampen,  P.  N. 

1923.  The  Amphibia  of  the  Indo- Australian  Archipelago,  Lei- 
den. 

Waite,  E.  R. 

1905.  An  Addition  to  the  Lacertilian  Fauna  of  the  Solomon 
Islands.  Rec.  Australian  Mus.  Vol.  VI,  pp.  13-16. 

1918.  Description  of  a  Blind  Snake  from  the  Solomon  Islands. 
Rec.  South  Australian  Mus.,  I,  pp.  35-38. 


NEW   COUNTY   RECORDS   OF   SALIENTIA   AND 
A  SUMMARY  OF  KNOWN  DISTRIBUTION  OF  CAUDATA 

IN   OKLAHOMA 
ARTHUR  N.  BRAGG1  AND  W.  F.  HUDSON 

For  several  years  one  of  us  has  traveled  over  eastern  Oklahoma 
with  the  purpose  of  surveying  the  amphibian  fauna.  During  the 
spring  of  1951,  the  other  took  several  trips  to  parts  of  this  region 
as  well  as  to  portions  of  western  and  southwestern  Oklahoma  with 
the  object  of  filling  gaps  in  the  records  of  the  earlier  work.  We  here 
pool  our  collections  which  seem  to  represent  new  county  records  of 
Salientia  and  take  the  opportunity  to  summarize  the  known  county 
distribution  of  Caudata  whether  based  on  new  records  or  not.  We 
do  this  to  get  the  many  scattered  records  in  the  literature  all  in 
one  place. 

SALIENTIA 

1.  Bufo  cognatus  Say.  Taken  in  Roger  Mills,  Pontotoc,  and  Johnston 
Counties.  In  the  last  two,  it  has  been  expected  in  "prairie  islands" 
for  some  time  but  these  specimens  are  the  first  reported  from 
either. 

2.  B  terrestris  charlesmithi  Bragg2.  Washington  County  (adults  ta- 
taken);  heard  calling  in  Noble  County. 

3.  Microhyla  carolinensis  olivacea  Hallowell.  Adults  collected  in  Jack- 
son, Johnson,  and  Stephens  Counties,  each  confirming  a  former 
calling  record.3   Also  heard  calling  in  Cotton  County. 

4.  Pseudacris  clarki  Baird.  Taken  in  Stephens  County,  confirming  a 
calling  record;  heard  calling  in  Grady  and  Cotton  Counties. 

5.  Ps  streckeri  Wright  and  Wright.    Stephens  County. 

6.  Ps.  triseriata  (Wied).  Stephens  County:  these  are  the  first  adults 
taken  so  far  west  in  Oklahoma. 

7.  Rana  brachycephala  Cope.    Adults  from  Stephens  County  confirm 

earlier  sight  and  calling  records. 

8.  Rana  catesbeiana  Shaw.  Adults  taken  in  Jefferson  County  confirm- 
ing sight  records  and  in  Choctaw  County. 

9.  Rana  clamitans  Latr.    Choctaw  County. 
10.     Spea  bombifrons  Cope. 

Adults  taken  in  Stephens  and  Noble  Counties,  tadpoles  in  Jefferson 
County. 

CAUDATA 

1.    Ambystoma  annulatum  Cope.    Adair  County. 


1  Supported  by  the  Dept.  of  Zool.,  the  Oklahoma  Biol.  Surv.  and  the  University  Museum, 
University  of  Oklahoma,  Norman. 

2  This  toad  is  the  one  reported  formerly  as  B.  t.  americanus  Holb.    In  a  separate  paper 
it  is  being  described  under  the  above  name. 

3  For  one  of  these  we  thank  Mr.  Louis  Bouchard  who  collected  a  single  specimen. 

87 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
88  A.  N.  BRAGG  AND  W.  F.  HUDSON        Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

2.  A.  maculatum  Shaw.  Cherokee,  Choctaw,  Delaware,  La  Flore,  Mc- 
Curtain  and  Pushmataha  counties  certainly  have  local  populations. 
It  is  considered  probable  in  many  other  counties  of  the  state. 

3.  A.  opocum  (Gravenh.)  This  species  is  very  common  in  low,  heavily 
wooded  areas,  especially  near  streams  at  least  in  Choctaw,  Lati- 
mer, Mc  Curtain  and  Pushmataha  counties. 

4.  A.  talpiodium  (Holb.)  Reported  in  Latimer  and  McCurtain  counties 
but  we  have  not  personally  collected  it  in  Oklahoma. 

5.  A.  texanum  Matthes.  This  salamander  is  very  abundant  from  east 
central  Oklahoma  eastward.  It  is  known  specifically  from  the  fol- 
lowing counties,  mostly  from  our  own  collections;  Adair,  Choctaw, 
Cleveland,  Cherokee,  Atoka,  Cotton,  Craig,  Haskell,  Osage,  Pawnee, 
Payne,  Pottawatomie,  Okfuskee,  Hughes,  Tulsa,  Rogers,  Mayes, 
Wagoner,  Muskogee,  Sequoyah,  Mc  Intosh,  Pittsburg,  Le  Flore, 
Pushmatha  and  Mc  Curtain. 

6.  A',  tigrinum  morvortium  Baird.  This  is  the  only  salamander  known 
on  the  western  plains  of  Oklahoma.  It  is  very  abundant  over  the 
western  half  of  the  state  where  it  breeds  in  ditches,  tanks,  and 
playas  during  spring  and  summer  rains.  Larvae  often  metamor- 
phose in  July  following  a  spring  breeding  period  but  in  some  places 
some  of  the  larvae  are  neotenic.  In  the  gypsum  hill  country  of 
western  Oklahoma,  the  larvae  are  often  light  cream  colored  with 
a  black-fringed  tail  and  golden  gill  bars.  In  central  Oklahoma  they 
are  more  often  a  mottled  green  and  quite  dark.  In  the  same  gypsum 
waters,  tadpoles  of  spadefoots  (Spea  bombifrons  and  S.  ham- 
mondii)  show  a  similar  variation  in  color.  It  has  not  been  fully 
established  as  to  why  the  color  is  so  consistantly  light  in  some 
waters.  The  presence  of  gypsum  is  a  suspected  cause  but  may  be 
only  coincidental. 

The  subspecies  is  known  in  the  following  counties:  Cimarron, 
Texas,  Beaver,  Harper,  Woodward,  Ellis,  Roger  Mills,  Custer, 
Beckham,  Greer,  Harmond,  Kiowa,  Tillman,  Caddo,  Commanche, 
Cotton,  Stephens,  Murray,  Cleveland,  Oklahoma,  Pottawatomie, 
Kay,  and  Osage. 

7.  A.  tigrinum  tigrinum  Green. 

Even  though  supposedly  present  throughout  eastern  Oklahoma 
(Bishop,  1943),  only  one  specimen  is  known  to  us  from  Oklahoma. 
This  was  taken  in  a  forest  of  southern  pine  just  south  of  Tom, 
Mc  Curtain  county  in  the  very  northern  edge  of  the  Austroriparian 
life  zone  of  Blair  (1950). 

8.  Amphiuma  means  tridactylum  Cuvier.  Known  in  Mc  Curtain  coun- 
ty, at  present  from  a  single  specimen  only,  recently  reported.  For 
several  years,  stories  of  local  residents  have  indicated  that  it  is 
quite  common  from  Broken  Bow  southward. 

9.  Desmognathus  fuscus  brimleyorum  Stej.  Known  in  the  Le  Flore, 
Pushmataha,  and  Mc  Curtain  counties  along  rocky  streams  in  hilly 
country. 

10.  Eurycea  griseogaster  Moore  and  Hughes.  Locally  abundant  about 
small  streams  and  intermittant  springs  in  Adair,  Cherokee,  Dela- 
ware, and  Sequoyah  counties.  In  two  regions,  local  areas  have 
been  watched  through  the  months  of  February  through  July  in  an 
attempt  to  learn  something  of  the  breeding  activities.  Young  larvae 
have  been  found  from  February  through  June  and  older  ones  from 
mid  June  into  early  July.  From  this  it  seems  likely  that  individuals 
differ  in  their  time  of  breeding  and  that  most  eggs  are  laid  in  fall 
or  early  winter.  Eggs  have  never  been  found.  A  pecularity  of  the 
very  young  larvae  is  their  habit  of  lying  on  ledges  over  which 
water  one  to  four  inches  in  depth  flows  slowly  and,  when  disturbed, 


DOC.  29,   1951  NEW  COUNTY  RECORDS  OF  SALIENTIA 


89 


darting  quickly  into  cracks  or  under  gravel.   They  have  been  seen 
lying  in  the  open  many  times  during  both  daylight  and  darkness. 

11.  Eun/cea  longieauda  tntUiuophira  (Cope)  Common  in  cave  mouths 
and  about  springs  in  Le  Flore,  Adair,  Cherokee,  Mayes,  Delaware, 
and  Ottawa  counties. 

12.  E.  multiplicata  (Cope)  this  species  is  very  abundant  locally  along 
many  tiny  streams,  especially  if  cool  water  is  running  over  lime- 
stone rocks  in  Adair,  Cherokee,  Delaware,  Choctaw,  Le  Flore,  Push- 
mataha, Latimer,  and  Mc  Curtain  counties.  Occasionally  local 
variations  in  this  species  occur  which  are  quite  puzzling  since  some 
individuals  closely  approach  E.  griseogaster  in  appearance.  Very 
dark  individuals  also  sometimes  occur. 

13.  E.  tynerensis  Moore  and  Hughes.  Known  now  from  Mayes  and 
Cherokee  counties  as  well  as  from  the  type  locally  in  Tyner  Creek, 
Adair  county.  It  is  sometimes  abundant  in  pools  and  in  the  gravel 
at  the  lower  ends  of  ripples  in  Tyner  Creek,  but  at  other  times  a 
thorough  search  has  failed  to  reveal  it. 

14.  Necturus  maculosus  maculosus  (Raf.)  Only  a  few  specimens  of  this 
form  have  actually  be  collected  in  Oklahoma  although  it  has  long 
been  known  to  occus  in  northeastern  counties.  A  specimen  from  the 
Deep  Fork  River,  Creek  county,  was  recently  taken  by  Mr.  Jack 
Adair.  Earlier  records  are  from  Tulsa,  Rogers,  Nowata,  Delaware, 
Mayes,  Cherokee,  Adair,  Haskell,  and  Latimer  counties.  It  occurs 
in  Grand  Lake  and,  therefore,  presumably  in  Grand  River  which 
was  dammed  to  form  it  and  is  known  as  the  Illinois  river,  both  in 
Oklahoma  and  Arkansas. 

15.  Plethodon  cinereus  anausticlavius  Grobman.  A  few  specimens 
have  been  taken  in  Sequoyah,  Adair,  and  Cherokee  counties.  None 
are  known  south  of  the  Arkansas  river  where  it  is  presumably 
replaced  by  P.  c.  serratus  (q.v.) 

16.  Plethodon  c.  serratus  Grobman.  As  mentioned  above,  this  form  is 
generally  supposed  to  replace  P.  c.  anausticlavius  in  the  Ouachita 
Mts.  south  of  the  Arkansas  River.  It  has  long  been  known  in  Le 
Flore  and  Mc  Curtain  counties.  We  have  recently  taken  a  typical 
specimen  in  the  Ozark  Hills  of  Cherokee  county,  well  north  of  the 
Arkansas,  which  fact  does  not  fit  with  the  theoretical  expectation. 

17.  Plethodon  glutinosus  glutinosus  (Green).  Abundant  in  Adair,  Chero- 
kee, Delaware,  Ottawa,  Le  Flore,  Mc  Curtain,  and  Sequoyah  coun- 
ties. It  seems  to  prefer  valleys  along  streams  where  it  hides  be- 
neath leaves,  rocks,  logs,  etc.  We  have  found  it  locally  only  in 
densely  wooded  areas.  Some  years  ago,  individuals  were  very  abun- 
dant in  the  woods  of  the  valley  floor  above  Little  River  (Mc  Curtain 
county)  in  May  and  June,  very  near  the  river.  At  another  time 
in  February  and  March  two  experienced  collectors  failed  to  find  a 
single  specimen  here;  but  the  animals  were  found  on  the  steep  sides 
of  the  valley,  well  above  the  river.  Subsequent  observations  suggest 
that  this  salamander  has  a  seasonal  movement  here  upward  away 
from  the  river  in  winter  and  early  spring,  downward  toward  the 
river  in  the  hotter  and  drier  later  spring  and  summer.  We  have 
not  observed  them  here  in  late  summer,  autumn  or  early  winter. 

18.  Plethodon  ouaehitae  D.  and  H.  Certain  only  in  Le  Flore  county  near 
the  Arkansas  line.  Dundee  (1947)  reported  it  from  Mc  Curtain  coun- 
ty but  Pope  and  Pope  (1951)  declare  Dundee's  specimen  to  represent 
an  undescribed  form. 

19.  Siren  intermedia  nettingi  Goin.  Known  from  Mc  Curtain  and 
Pushmataha  counties. 

20.  Diemictylus  viridescens  louisanensis  (Walterst.)  Common  locally 
in  Mayes,  Wagner,  Cherokee,  Adair,  Le  Flore,  and  Mc  Curtain  coun- 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
90  A.  N.  BRAGG  AND  W.  F.  HUDSON        Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

ties;  very  recently  reported  from  Tulsa  county.  Eggs  and  hatching 
larvae  have  been  collected  in  May  and  breeding  adults  have  been 
taken  in  April,  May,  and  June.  This  suggests  a  breeding  season  of 
several  months.  Since  several  females  have  been  found  while 
clasped  by  males  (usually  by  one,  sometimes  by  two  at  once)  it 
seems  likely  the  breeding  pattern  is  similar  to  that  of  the  eastern 
form   (Bishop,  1943). 

21.  Typhotriton  nereus  Bishop.  Larvae  are  very  abundant  in  spring- 
runs  and  gravelly  streams  in  Ottawa,  Mayes,  Delaware,  and  Adair 
counties.  Very  large  larviform  individuals  which  are  sometimes 
found  suggest,  but  do  not  prove,  neotemy. 

22.  T.  spelaeus  Stej.  Larvae  are  abundant  in  springs  and  in  streams 
issuing  from  caves  in  Ottawa,  Mayes,  Cherokee,  and  Adair  counties. 
Adults  had  never  been  taken  in  Oklahoma  prior  to  1951,  although 
we  have  visited  caves  several  times  in  search  of  them.  Blair  (1951) 
has  just  reported  adults  from  a  cave  habitat  in  Delaware  county. 


LITERATURE   CITED 

Bishop,  Sherman  C.  1943.  Handbook  of  Salamanders;  Comstock 
Publ.  Co.,  Ithica,  New  York. 

Blair,  A.  P.  1951.  Note  on  Oklahoma  Salamanders.  Copeia  1951  (2); 
178. 

Dundee,  Harold  A.  1947.  Notes  on  Salamanders  collected  in  Okla- 
homa.   Copeia  1947  (2):    117-120. 

Pope,  Clifford  and  Sarah  Pope,  1951.  A  study  of  the  salamander, 
Plethodon  ouachitae  and  the  description  of  an  allied  form.  Bull. 
Chicago  Acad.  Sci.  9:129-152. 


TWO  NEW  ANTS  FROM  WESTERN  NEVADA 
(Hymenoptera,  Formicidae) 

MARION    R.    SMITH 

Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine 

Agricultural  Research  Administration 

United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 

Since  the  ant  fauna  of  Nevada  is  virtually  unknown  the  two 
new  species  described  herein  are  of  more  than  ordinary  interest. 
Both  were  sent  me  by  Dr.  Ira  La  Rivers  of  the  University  of  Nevada 
who  collected  them  in  the  general  region  of  Pyramid  Lake,  Washoe 
County,  Nevada.  One  is  a  very  distinct  form  of  honey  ant  (Myrme- 
cocystus)  which  I  have  named  pyramicus  because  of  the  pyramid- 
like structure  of  the  epinotum.  The  other  is  a  harvesting  ant  (Ver- 
omessor)  which,  though  related  to  pergandei  (Mayr),  is  definitely 
different.  This  new  form  has  been  named  lariversi  in  honor  of  its 
collector.    Illustrations  of  Myrmecocystus  pyramicus  are  included. 

MYRMECOCYSTUS  PYRAMICUS  SMITH,  new  species 

(Figs.  1,  2,  3,) 
Worker — Length  4.8  mm. 

Mandible  8-toothed,  the  largest  of  the  teeth  being  the  first, 
second,  fourth,  sixth  and  last.  Compound  eye  as  in  the  mexicanus 
group:  Large,  protuberant,  and  with  many  facets,  placed  very  close 
to  the  posterior  corner  of  the  head,  its  greatest  diameter  approxi- 
mately one  and  one-half  times  the  length  of  the  first  funicular  seg- 
ment. Ocelli  extremely  small.  In  profile,  the  pronotum  and  much 
of  the  mesonotum  rather  evenly  and  strongly  convex,  the  posterior 
fourth  to  the  posterior  third  of  the  mesonotum  distinctly  impressed; 
base  of  epinotum  sharply  ascending  from  meso-epinotal  suture  to 
meet  the  flat,  declivous  surface  of  the  epinotum  in  a  rather  broad, 
bluntly  rounded  angle  or  "pyramid-like"  structure;  declivous  sur- 
face approximately  twice  the  length  of  the  basal  surface.  In  profile, 
the  petiole  high  (higher  than  the  epinotal  spiracle),  with  a  weakly 
convex  anterior  surface  and  a  flat  posterior  surface,  the  two  surfaces 
meeting  above  to  form  a  strongly  compressed  (anteroposteriorly), 
sharp  superior  border;  viewed  posteriorly  the  petiole  with  dorsally 
converging  sides  and  the  superior  border  with  a  distinct  emargina- 
tion. 

Dorsal  and  anterior  surface  of  head  and  mandibles  bearing  a 
number  of  long,  erect  hairs,  those  on  the  anterior  border  of  the  cly- 
peus  unusually  long.   Lower  surface  of  head  with  ammochaetae  and 

91 


92 


MARION   R.   SMITH 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XI,  Nos.  3-4 


lower  surface  of  mandible  with  long  hairs.  Thorax  almost  destitute 
of  erect  hairs  except  for  a  small  number  (usually  about  six)  on  the 
pronotum  and  a  smaller  number  on  the  mesonotum.  Petiole  also 
practically  devoid  of  hairs,  occasionally  an  erect  hair  or  two  on  the 
superior  border.  Coxa  with  erect  hairs;  erect  hairs  also  on  the  flexor 
surfaces  of  the  femur,  tibia  and  tarsus.  Posterior  border  of  each  of 
the  gastric  segments  with  a  row  of  hairs;  also  a  number  of  short, 
sparse,  erect  hairs  elsewhere  on  the  gastric  segments;  apex  and 
ventral  surface  of  gaster  with  longer  and  more  numerous  hairs.  Pu- 
bescence sparse,  fine,  closely  appressed,  not  obscuring  the  ground 
surface,  thickest  and  most  apparent  of  the  gaster. 

Body  usually  subopaque  in  general  appearance,  but  in  some 
lights  certain  parts  are  shining,  this  being  especially  true  of  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  head.  Color  a  sordid  light  or  yellowish  brown 
with  the  thorax  and  antennae  lighter  than  the  head  and  gaster. 


(Figs.  1,  2,  3) 

Myrmecocystus  pyramicus,  new  species.  Fig.  1.  Profile  of  worker. 
Fig.  2.  Posterior  view  of  petiole.  Fig.  3.  Anterior  view  of  head. 
(Illustrations  by  Miss  Addie  Egbert.) 


Dec.  29,  1951    two  new  ants  from  western  Nevada  93 

Type  locality:  Nevada  Dominion  Mine,  Pymarid  Mining 
District,  five  miles  west  of  Mullen  Gap  (Pyramid  Lake),  north  end 
of  Pah  Rah  Mountains  (Nevada  Highway  33),  Washoe  County, 
Nevada.  The  ants  were  collected  by  Ira  La  Rivers  on  April  7,  1951, 
from  a  colony  in  a  small,  open  mound  nest  in  a  sand  clearing  of 
Artemisia  tridentata,  where  the  females  and  males  were  beginning 
to  swarm  near  sundown. 

Described  from  a  holotype  and  37  para  type  workers.  The  holo- 
type  and  25  para  type  workers  have  been  placed  in  the  collection  of 
the  United  States  National  Museum  under  U.  S.  N.  M.  No.  61265. 
The  remaining  paratypes  are  in  the  collection  of  Dr.  La  Rivers.  The 
five  male  and  ten  females  have  not  been  described  as  they  do  not 
offer  good  characters  for  recognition. 

The  paratypes  vary  especially  in  size,  pilosity,  and  extent  of  the 
development  of  the  "pyramid-like"  structure  of  the  epinotum.  The 
range  in  size  of  this  form  cannot  yet  be  positively  stated  on  the  basis 
of  the  few  specimens  examined.  It  is  thought,  however,  to  approach 
that  of  navajo  Whir.,  the  major  worker  of  which  is  almost  5  mm. 
in  length.  The  range  in  length  of  my  pyramicus  series  is  approxi- 
mately 3  to  5  mm.  The  pilosity  of  the  thorax  and  petiole  may  vary 
from  almost  no  erect  hairs  to  a  few  as  stated  in  the  above  description. 

This  new  form  belongs  to  the  mexicanus  complex  as  evidenced 
by  the  large  eyes  and  their  placement,  by  the  small  ocelli,  and  by 
the  light  to  yellowish  brown  color  of  the  body.  In  Creighton's  1950 
publication,  Ants  of  North  America  (Harvard  Univ.,  Mus.  Comp. 
Zool.  Bui.  104:441)  this  ant  keys  to  couplet  four  which  includes 
navajo  and  mojave.  Specimens  have  been  carefully  compared  with 
cotypes  of  both  these  forms.  From  navajo,  to  which  it  is  apparently 
most  closely  related,  pyramicus  can  be  distinguished  by  the  dentition 
of  the  mandibles,  pilosity  of  the  body,  and  the  shape  of  the  epinotum 
and  petiole.  M.  pyramicus  has  eight  instead  of  nine  teeth  on  the 
mandibles,  and  a  pyramidshaped  instead  of  a  convex  epinotum.  The 
scape  is  free  of  erect  hairs  and  the  thorax  and  petiole  are  also  either 
free  of  erect  hairs  or  only  have  a  very  few,  whereas  in  navajo  there 
are  numerous  erect  hairs  on  both  the  scape  and  thorax.  The  petiole 
of  pyramicus  is  strongly  compressed  anteroposteriorly  and  the  su- 
perior border  is  sharp  and  usually  has  a  distinct  emargination. 
Navajo  has  a  rather  thick  petiole  (anteroposteriorly)  and  the  su- 
perior border  is  thick  and  blunt.  M.  pyramicus  seems  to  be  one  of 
the  most  easily  recognized  forms  of  this  genus  in  North  America. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
94  MARION   R.   SMITH  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

The  shape  of  the  epinotum  readily  distinguishes  it  from  any  other 
form,  but  to  supplement  this  there  are  other  good  characters,  such  as 
color,  pilosity,  dentition  of  the  mandibles,  size  and  placement  of  the 
eyes,  and  shape  of  the  petiole. 

Apparently  pyramicus  is  a  nocturnal  ant  which  lives  in  very 
arid  regions.  Its  food  is  most  likely  honeydew  and  the  flesh  of  small 
arthropods.    No  repletes  are  yet  known. 

VEROMESSOR  LARIVERSI  SMITH,  new  species 

Worker — Length  5  mm. 

Head,  exclusive  of  the  mandibles,  subrectangular,  with  a  weakly 
convex,  almost  straight  posterior  border.  Antenna  12-segmented; 
scape  slender,  curved  at  base,  enlarged  apically,  the  apex  clearly 
surpassing  the  posterior  border  of  the  head;  base  of  the  scape  lacking 
a  lobe  or  other  enlargement  as  in  some  species  of  Veromessor;  funic- 
ulus enlarged  apically  but  not  forming  a  clearly-defined  club.  Eye 
large,  convex,  strongly  protuberant,  placed  approximately  its  great- 
est diameter  from  the  base  of  the  mandible,  without  the  sharp  antero- 
ventral  angle  of  pergandei.  Clypeus  convex,  lacking  the  median 
tooth  on  the  anterior  border  as  in  pergandei.  Mandible  large,  sub- 
triangular,  with  two  large  apical  and  five  or  six  somewhat  less  dis- 
tinct teeth.  Thorax,  in  profile,  with  a  strongly  convex  promesonotum. 
Approximately  the  posterior  half  of  the  mesonotum  with  a  distinct 
impression  which  is  clearly  longer  than  deep.  Meso-epinotal  con- 
striction well  defined.  Epinotal  spine  subtriangular,  short,  acutely 
pointed,  much  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  basal  surface  of  the 
epinotum.  Legs  rather  long  and  slender,  without  noticeably  incras- 
sated  femora  and  tibiae.  The  distinctly  concave  anterior  surface  of 
the  petiolar  node  meeting  the  posterior  surface  of  the  node  in  a  blunt- 
ly rounded  angle;  antero- ventral  surface  of  the  petiole  with  a  very 
poorly  defined,  vestigial  tooth.  Petiole  viewed  anteriorly  somewhat 
violin-shaped.  Postpetiole,  from  above,  subcampanulate,  broadest 
posteriorly.  Gaster,  viewed  dorsally,  oval,  without  apparent  humeral 
angles. 

Frontal  region  of  head  with  fine,  longitudinal  striae  or  rugulae. 
Cheeks  with  coarse,  longitudinal  rugulae,  those  around  the  antennal 
foveae  more  or  less  concentric.  Remainder  of  head  with  an  obscure, 
delicate  shagreening.  Punctures  on  head  sparser  and  less  visible 
than  in  pergandei.  Pronotum  with  transverse  rugulae  in  addition 
to  the   shagreening.    Mesopleuron  and  side  of  epinotum  rugulose- 


Dec.  29,  1951    two  new  ants  from  western  Nevada  95 

punctate.    Petiole  and  postpetiole  delicately  shagreened. 

Ventral  surface  of  each  side  of  head  and  also  ventral  side  of 
each  mandible  with  remarkably  long  ammochaetae  as  in  pergandei. 
Anterior  border  of  clypeus  with  a  row  of  long,  curved  hairs.  Dorsal 
surface  of  body  with  rather  numerous,  erect,  yellowish  hairs  of 
variable  length,  many  of  these  unusually  long.  Hairs  on  antennal 
scape  short,  somewhat  appressed. 

Head,  thorax,  petiole  and  postpetiole  brown,  gaster  darker;  eyes 
and  mandibular  teeth  black. 

Type  locality:  Nevada  Dominion  Mine,  Pyramid  Mining 
District,  Mullen  Gap  (five  miles  west  of  Pyramid  Lake),  Washoe 
County,  Nevada,  May  8,  1951,  nesting  in  sand,  Ira  La  Rivers. 

Described  from  a  holotype  and  38  paratype  workers.   The  holo- 

type  and  25  paratypes  have  been  placed  in  the  collection  of  the 
United  States  National  Museum  under  U.  S.  N.  M.  No.  65266.  The 
remaining  paratypes  have  been  returned  to  Dr.  La  Rivers. 

Paratypes  vary  in  size  and  color.  The  range  in  length  is  from 
3.8  to  5.2  mm.  The  color  of  some  specimens,  especially  of  the  small- 
est workers  (which  may  be  callows),  is  light  brown.  A  small  infus- 
cated  spot  is  present  on  the  vertex  of  some  individuals  and  absent 
on  the  vertex  of  others. 

This  new  form  has  been  carefully  compared  with  types  of  all 
other  North  American  Veromessor.  In  the  Wheeler  and  Creighton 
key  to  Veromessor  (1934,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  69:361) 
it  keys  to  couplet  three  and  in  Creighton's  North  American  Ants 
(I.e.,  page  158)  it  keys  to  couplet  two.  In  each  case  the  couplet  in- 
cludes the  same  forms,  pergandei  and  stoddardi.  V.  lariversi  is  more 
closely  related  to  pergandei  than  to  any  other  of  our  Veromessor.  It 
differs  especially  from  that  species  in  the  more  convex  and  protuber- 
ant eye  (which  lacks  the  distinct  antero-ventral  angle  of  pergandei), 
the  absence  of  a  tooth-like  process  on  the  middle  of  the  anterior  bor- 
der of  the  clypeus,  the  longer  and  more  slender  antennal  scape  (the 
scape  of  pergandei  fails  to  attain  the  posterior  border  of  the  head  in 
some  individuals  and  does  not  surpass  it  in  others),  the  coarser  sculp- 
ture, differenl  color  I  piceous  brown  to  jet  black  in  pergandei  and 
the  longer  and  more  slender,  subcampanulate  postpetiole. 

Although  little  is  known  about  the  biology  of  lariversi  it  is  as- 
sumed that  because  of  close  resemblance  of  the  species  to  pergandei, 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
96  MARION   R.    SMITH  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

this  new  form  will  also  be  found  capable  of  living  in  very  arid  areas 
of  high  temperature.  No  doubt,  it  too  feeds  largely  on  seeds.  Besides 
lariversi,  andrei  (Mayr)  is  the  only  other  Veromessor  that  has  been 
reported  from  Nevada. 


THE   CERAMBYCOID    SEMI-AQUATIC   COLEOPTERA 
OF   THE  NEVADA   AREA 

IRA    LA    RIVERS 
Biology  Department,  University  of  Nevada,  Reno. 

The  following  pages  constitute  the  fifth  in  a  series  dealing  with 
the  aquatic  and  semi-aquatic  Coleoptera  of  Nevada  and  its  immedi- 
ate environs1.  The  group  to  be  here  considered  is  a  small,  relatively 
little  known  segment  of  a  large,  familiar  family — the  most  pressing 
need  at  the  present  is  for  more  penetrating  investigation  of  the  life- 
histories  of  these  semi-aquatic  aberrants  of  the  family,  and  it  is 
hoped  that  this  resume  of  the  species  known  or  expected  for  the 
Nevada  area  will  call  some  small  attention  to  the  problem. 

CERAMBYCOIDEA 

Chrysomelidae 

A  small  number  of  species  of  this  large,  herbivorous  family  are 
intimately  associated  with  aquatic  plants,  either  boring  into  stems 
and  roots  below  water,  or  feeding  on  exposed  or  submerged  leaves. 
Host  plants  are  such  common  and  wide-spread  species  as  pickerel 
weed  (Pontedaria  cordata),  pondweed  (Potamogeton  spp.).  pondlily 
(Nymphaea  spp. — Nuphar  spp.),  bur-reed  (Sparganium  spp.),  ar- 
rowhead (Sagittaria  spp.),  duckweed  (Lemna  spp.),  bulrushes 
(Scirpus  spp.),  cat-tails  (Typha  spp.)  and  various  sedges. 

The  larvae  obtain  oxygen  by  digging  into  the  plant  tissues  un- 
derwater and  freeing  intercellular  oxygen.  When  ready  to  pupate, 
they  spin  tough,  water-and-air-tight  cocoons,  attached  to  the  roots 
of  underwater  stems,  and  obtain  needed  oxygen  by  special  structures 
which  tap  the  plant  surfaces  to  which  the  cocoons  are  attached. 
Adults  of  those  species  laying  their  eggs  underwater  are  heavily 
provided  with  hydrofuge  hairs,  allowing  the  insects  to  take  an  ade- 
quate supply  of  air  for  their  work  beneath  the  surface  of  the  water. 

Keys  to  the  semi-aquatic  genera  of  Chrysomelidae  occuring  in 
the  Nevada  area. 


i(A) — 1950.  The  Dryopoidea  known  or  expected  to  occur  in  the  Nevada  area  (Coleop- 
tera).   Wasmann  Jour.   Biol.   8(1):97-111. 

(B) — 1950  (1949).  Hydradephagous  Coleoptera  of  the  Nevada  area,  exclusive  of  the 
Dytiscidae.    Bull.   S.   Calif.   Acad.   Sci.  48(3)  :129-140. 

(C) — 1950.  The  Staphylinoid  and  Dascilloid  aquatic  Coleoptera  of  the  Nevada  area. 
Great  Basin   Nat.    10(1-4)  :66-70. 

(D) — 1951.  Nevada   Dytiscidae    (Coleoptera).    Amer.   Midi.   Nat.   45(2):392-406. 

97 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

98  ira  la  rivers  Vol.  XI,  Nos.  3-4 

(MacGillivray  1903) 

ADULTS 

1.  Prothorax  with  a  distinct  thin  lateral  margin  (Galerucinae) 
(Galerucella) 

Prothorax  without  a  thin  lateral  margin  (Donaciinae)  2 

2.  Tarsi  dilated,  spongy  beneath;  fifth  tarsal  segment  subequal 
to,  or  shorter  than,  the  second  and  third  segments  together 
DONACIA 

Tarsi  not  dilated — narrow,  glabrous;  the  fifth  tarsal  seg- 
ment distinctly  longer  than  the  second  and  third  together 
(Haemonia) 

LARVAE 

1.  Dorsum   of   eighth   abdominal   segment  without   a   pair  of 
long  spines;  abdominal  prolegs  present   (Galerucinae) 
(Galerucella) 

Dorsum  of  eighth  abdominal  segment  with  a  pair  of  pointed 

spines;    abdominal  prolegs  wanting   (Donaciinae)   2 

2.  Sixth  and  seventh  abdominal  tergites  each  with  a  double 
row  of  setae  of  the  same  length  as  those  found  on  the  other 
tergites;    the  supraspiracular  setae  always  present  ..  DONACIA 

— Sixth  and  seventh  abdominal  tergites  each  with  a  double 
row  of  setae,  most  of  which  are  twice  as  long  as  those  on 
the  other  tergites;  the  supraspiracular  setae  wanting  .... 
(Haemonia) 

Galerucinae 
(Galerucella  Crotch,  1873) 

G.  nymphaeae  (Linne)  1758  is  the  only  aquatic  member  known 
to  me,  breeding  on  Nymphaea  advena  and  is  holarctic  in  distribution. 
The  larvae  feed  on  the  leaf  epidermis. 

Donaciinae 
DONACIA  Fabricius,  1775 

Our  species  may  be  distinguished  by  Schaeffer's  1925  key;  with 
modifications  by  Mead  (1938): 

1.  Elytral  sutural  margin  sinuate  near  apex;  ocular  orbits 
absent;  first  ventral  segment  of  abdomen  generally  about 
as  long  as  the  three  succeeding  segments  (Subgenus 
Plateumaris)   2 

Elytral  sutural  margin  straight  to  apex;  ocular  orbits  dis- 
tinct; first  ventral  abdominal  segment  about  as  long  or 
slightly  longer  than  the  four  succeeding  segments  (Sub- 
genus Donacia)  7 

2.  Hindfemora  uniformly  metallic  with  a  moderate-to-large 
tooth  (emarginata  Kirby,  1837) 

Hindfemora  bicolored  or  entirely  red,  tooth  variable  in  size  ....  3 


3.    Hindfemoral  tooth  moderate-to-large  in  size  germari 

■ Hindfemoral  tooth  very  small  or  absent  4 


4.  Prosternal  sidepieces  finely  rugose,  at  least  in  anterior  half, 
posteriorly  more-or-less  distinctly  finely  strigate-rugose  .... 
pusilla   pyritosa 


Dec.  29,  1951  cerambycoid  semi-aquatic  coleoptria  99 

Prosternal  sidepieces  relatively  coarsely  strigate,   at  least 

posteriorly,  anteriorly  often  strigate-rugose  but  then  never 
finely  so  5 

5.  Elytra  lacking  transverse,  coarse  rugae,  intervals  vermicu- 
late-rugose  (prothorax  finely  rugulose  with  moderately 
large  punctures)   (vermiculata  Schaeffer,  1925) 

— Elytra  with  more-or-less  distinct  coarse  rugae,  intervals 
punctate,   not   vermiculate-rugose  6 

6.  Prothorax  appearing  longer  than  usual,  very  finely  rugose 
or  strigate-rugose,  with  or  without  moderately  large  punc- 
tures; lateral  tubercle  rather  elongate;  antennal  segments 
4-11  elongate  (longicoUis  Schaeffer,  1925) 

— Prothorax  as  usual,  rather  short  and  less  finely  strigate- 
rugose,  with  large-to-small  punctures;  lateral  tubercles  not 
elongate;  antennal  segments  shorter  and  nearly  as  in  pusilla 
(=  rather  stout,  segments  2-3  small,  equal  or  subequal, 
terminal  segments  stouter)   fdubia  Schaeffer,  1925) 

7.  Terminal  abdominal  segment  truncate  with  a  more-or-less 
deep  impression  at  middle  of  apex  (males)  8 

—Terminal  abdominal  segment  triangular  and  generally  nar- 
rowly rounded  at  apex,  without  median  depression  (females)..  18 

8.  Hindtibiae  at  apex  internally  produced  into  a  short,  but 
distinct  tooth  (posterior  femora  with  a  large,  somewhat 
compressed  triangular  tooth  and  a  more-or-less  distinct 
denticle  in  front  of  the  tooth)  (piscatrix  Lacordaire,  1845) 

Hindtibiae  not  produced  apically  into  a  tooth  9 

9.  Hindfemora  long,  extending  to  or  beyond  elytral  apices  10 

Hindfemora  decidedly  shorter,  never  extending  to  elytral 
apices 12 

10.  Hindfemora  not  extending  beyond  elytral  apices;  posterior 
tooth  rather  long,  acute,  behind  which  is  a  serrate  oblique 
ridge,  the  latter  often  reduced  to  a  few  denticles  in  small 
specimens;  outer  apical  elytral  angles  obliterated,  broadly 
rounded  ;anterior  transverse  impression  of  prothorax  gener- 
ally distinct   : (proximo.)    ..   11 

Hindfemora  extending  well  beyond  elytral  apices,  armature 

as  in  proximo,;  outer  apical  angles  of  elytra  distinct,  though 
more-or-less  narrowly  rounded;  anterior  transverse  impres- 
sion of  prothorax  usually  absent  ....  (cincticornis  Newman,  1838) 

11.  Dorsum  metallic  blue,  strial  punctuation  moderately  coarse, 
punctures  often  greenish,  median  basal  triangulate  excava- 
tion usually  indistinct  (proximo  proximo  Kirby,  1837) 

Dorsum  metallic  green  and/or  cupreous,  strial  punctuation 

coarse,  basal  triangulate  excavation  deep  

(proximo  californica  Le  Conte,  1861) 

12.  Hindfemora  bearing  two  teeth,  the  inner  occasionally  very 
small,  tubercle-like (pubescens  Le  Conte,  1867) 

Hindfemora  with  only  one  tooth  13 

13.  Prothorax   finely   and    densely   punctate    and    pubescent; 

elytra  without  fine  elevated  sutural  beed   JtirticoUis 

Prothorax  not  pubescent,  punctuation  variable;  elytra  with 
distinct,  elevated  sutural  beed  14 

14.  Head  deeply  narrowed  behind;  eyes  small,  not  prominent; 
prothorax  with  impressed  median  line  and  moderately  dis- 
tinct lateral  tubercles;  elytra  without  coarse,  transverse 
rugae,  intervals  relatively  finely  rugose  from  base-to-apex; 
last    dorsal    abdominal    segment    of    both    sexes    generally 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
l'K)  IRA  LA  RIVERS  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

emarginate  at  middle  of  apex  (distincta)   ..  15 

Head    slightly    narrowed    behind;    eyes    moderately    large, 

prominent;  prothorax  with  or  without  impressed  median 
line  and  lateral  tubercles;  elytra  with  more-or-less  distinct 
coarse,  transverse  rugae,  intervals  often  densely  rugose 
from  base-to-apex  or  smooth  and  feeble  rugose  in  about 
basal  half  but  more  densely  rugose  towards  apex;  last  dor- 
sal abdominal  segment  of  both  sexes  not  or  rarely  feebly 
emarginate  16 

15.  Hindfemur    clavate    with    a    moderately    large    and    acute 

tooth,  apical  third  of  elytra  depressed  

(distincta   distincta  Le   Conte,   1850) 

Hindfemur  less  clavate  with  a  very  small  obscure  tooth, 

apical  third  of  elytra  curved  ventrad  

(distincta  occidentalis  Mead,  1938) 

16.  Form  more  convex  and  subparallel;  elytra,  viewed  laterad, 
arcuately  declivous  towards  apex;  prothorax  scarcely  con- 
verging behind,  lateral  tubercles  more-or-less  distinct  and 
median  line  always  present;  antennae  generally  stouter  .... 
(tuberculifrons  Schaeffer,  1919) 

Form  elongate;   elytra  subtriangular  and,  viewed  laterad, 

flattened  toward  apen;  prothoracic  sides  distinctly  converg- 
ing behind,  lateral  tubercles  indistinct;  median  line  rarely 
present;  antennae  more  slender  (subtilis)   ..  17 

17.  Abundant  coarse  transverse  rugae  on  elytra;  antennae  slen- 
der; hindfemora  clavate  (subtilis  subtilis  Kunze,  1818) 

Fine  and  dense  strigate-rugous  sculpturing  on  elytra,  coarse 

transverse  rugae  sparse;  antennae  stouter;  hindfemora  less 
clavate  (subtilis  magistrigata  Mead,  1938) 

18.  Hindfemora  unarmed  below  19 

Hindfemora  armed  below  with  one  or  more  teeth  or  tuber- 
cles    20 

19.  Elytra  pubescent  (pubescens  Le  Conte,  1867) 

Elytra  glabrous  hirticollis 

20.  Hindfemora  armed  below  with  one  tooth  and  behind  this 
an  oblique  serrate  ridge  (seen  more  plainly  from  an  in- 
ternal view),  which  latter  is  often  reduced  to  one  or  more 
denticles   21 

Hindfemora  below  with  one  tooth  but  without  an  oblique 

ridge  of  denticles  behind  23 

21.  Outer  elytral  apical  angle  distinct,  but  feebly  rounded;  an- 
terior transverse  impression  of  prothorax  usually  absent 
( ' cincticornis  Newman,  1838) 

Outer  elytral   apical  angle  not  distinct,   broadly  rounded; 

anterior  transverse  impression  of  prothorax  usually  distinct 
(proximal  ..  22 

22.  Dorsum  metallic  blue,  strial  punctuation  moderately  coarse, 
punctures  often  greenish,  median  basal  triangulate  excava- 
tion usually  indistinct  (proximo,  proximo  Kirby,  1837) 

Dorsum  metallic  green  and/or  cupreous,  strial  punctuation 

coarse,  basal  triangulate  excavation  deep  

(proximo  californica  Le  Conte,  1861) 

23.  Hindfemora  bicolored  or  entirely  rufous  

(piscatrix  Lacordaire,  1845) 

Hindfemora  uniformly  metallic  24 

24.  Form  rather  broad;  head  distinctly  narrowed  behind  eyes, 
which  are  slightly  smaller  than  in  subtilis,  but  appear  to  be 


Dec.  29,  1951  cerambycoid  semi-aquatic  coleoptria  101 

more  protruding;  elytra  without  transverse,  coarse  rugae, 
intervals  generally  evenly  and  finely  rugose  from  base-to- 
apex,  laterally  mostly  with  a  rather  broad,  longitudinal, 
shallow  impression;   last  dorsal  abdominal  segment  emer- 

ginate  at  apex  (distincta)  ..  25 

Form  narrower  and  more  elongate;  head  relatively  feebly 

narrowed  behind  eyes  which  are  moderately  large  and  mod- 
erately prominent;  elytra  generally  with  more-or-less  dis- 
tinct transverse,  coarse  rugae,  intervals  moderately  finely 
to  moderately  coarsely  rugose  from  base-to-apex,  at  apex 
generally  finer  and  denser,  disc  occasionally  in  about  basal 
half  or  less  smooth  and  shining,  at  sides  and  near  apex 
more-or-less  densely  rugose  26 

25.  Hindfemur    clavate    with    a    moderately    large    and    acute 

tooth,  apical  third  of  elytra  depressed  

(distincta  distincta  Le  Conte,  1850) 

Hindfemur  less  clavate  with  a  very  small  obscure  tooth, 

apical  third  of  elytra  curved  ventrad  

(distincta  occidentalis  Mead,  1938) 

26.  Elytra  shorter,  more  convex  and  parallel,  when  viewed  lat- 
erad  more-or-less  distinctly  arcuately  declivous  near  apex; 
prothorax  scarcely  narrowing  behind ;  median  impressed  line 
always  distinct;  lateral  tubercules  distinct,  though  not 
prominent   (tuberculifrons  Schaeffer,  1919) 

— Elytra  more  elongate,  subtriangular,  depressed  and  when 
viewed  laterad  flattened  above  near  apex;  prothorax  dis- 
tinctly narrowing  from  base-to-apex;  median  impressed 
line  rarely  present;  lateral  tubercles  feeble  and  scarcely 
distinct,  or  absent  (subtilis)  ..  27 

27.  Abundant  coarse  transverse  rugae  on  elytra;  antennae  slen- 
der; hindfemora  clavate  (subtilis  subtilis  Kunze,  1818) 

— Fine  and  dense  strigate-rugose  sculpturing  on  elytra,  coarse 
transverse  rugae  sparse;  antennae  stouter;  hindfemora  less 
clavate  (subtilis  magistrigata  Mead,  1938) 

D.  Germari  Mannerheim  1843.  Schaeffer  (1925)  gives  the 
following  record:  "Nevada:  'Nev.'  (Knab  coll.)."  The  species  is 
nationwide,  and  in  other  localities  has  been  recorded  from  Caltha 
palustris  (marsh  marigold). 

D.  Pusilla  Pyritosa  Le  Conte  1857.  Again  from  Schaeffer 
(1925):  "Nevada:  'Nev.'  (Minn.  Univ.)."  The  typical  subspecies 
has  been  recorded  from  rushes,  Carex  stricta  (sedge),  and  spiked 
maple. 

D.  Hirticollis  Kirby  1837.  Schaeffer  records  this  from  "Cali- 
fornia: Lake  Tahoe  (Mann.)"  Since  the  lake  lies  in  both  California 
and  Nevada,  the  species  is  certain  to  be  found  in  the  latter  state.  Re- 
corded hosts  are  Nuphar  polysepalum  and  Potamogeton  spp. 

The  adjacent  Californian  D.  piscatrix  inhabits  the  flowers  of 
Nuphar  spp.,  the  yellow  waterlily.  D.  pubescens  is  known  from 
"California:    Lake  Co.    (Van  Dyke)"   (Schaeffer  1925),  and  seems 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

102  ira  la  rivers  Vol.  XI,  Nos.  3-4 

to  be  a  northern  form.  It  has  been  found  on  pickerel  weed,  and  is 
the  only  North  American  species  with  pubescent  elytra.  D.  distincta 
occidentalis  was  described  from  California,  as  was  D.  subtilis  magi- 
strigata;  the  typical  subspecies  of  the  latter  has  been  found  on  Spar- 
ganium  and  goldenrod.  D.  tuberculifrons  is  known  from  Utah  and 
points  east  and  is  recorded  from  yellow  pondlily,  bulrushes  (Scirpus 
spp.)  and  Sparganium.  D.  emarginata  occurs  east  of  Nevada,  one 
of  the  nearest  localities  being  Utah's  Great  Salt  Lake  (Van  Duzee 
specimens).  D.  emarginata  pacifica  Schaeffer  1925  was  described 
from  the  California  Sierras  with  no  host  data.  D.  dubia  is  known 
from  Idaho,  while  D.  vermiculata  was  described  from  California,  and 
may  perhaps  be  only  an  aberrant  D.  longicollis. 

The  only  available  key  to  larvae  (MacGillivray  1903)  includes 
but  three  of  the  above-listed  species,  and  is  appended  for  the  aid  it 
may  offer  in  evaluating  larval  characters: 

1.  Supraspiracular  setae  of  the  first  five  abdominal  segments 
extending  caudad  as  far  as  the  caudal  margin  of  the  pos- 
terior setae   (emarginata) 

— Supraspiracular  setae  of  the  first  four  abdominal  segments 
not  extending  caudad  as  far  as  the  front  margin  of  the  pos- 
terior tergal  band  of  setae  2 

2.  Sternal  setae  of  the  fifth  abdominal  segment  divided  longi- 
tudinally by  a  mesal  line  into  two  groups;  the  posterior 
sternal  setae  of  the  midthorax  undivided  ( cincticornis ) 

— Sternal  setae  of  the  fifth  abdominal  segment  not  divided; 
the  posterior  sternal  setae  of  the  mesothorax  not  divided 
longitudinally  into  two  groups  (subtilis) 

The  general  lifehistory  details  below  are  from  MacGillivray's 
work  in  New  York  (1903): 

The  species  of  Donacia  exhibited  certain  differences  in  egglay- 
ing,  some  laying  their  eggs  on  plant  stems,  others  on  the  underside  of 
floating  leaves  and  others  along  the  edge  of  leaf  sheaths.  Eggs 
hatched  in  about  10  days,  and  "the  young  larvae  find  their  way  to 
the  bottom  of  the  pond  and  among  the  ooze  and  attach  themselves 
to  the  underground  stems  of  the  yellow  pondlily.  Numerous  under- 
ground stems  of  the  white  pondlily  were  examined,  and  not  a  single 
one  was  found  with  the  larvae  of  Donacia  attached  to  it,  or  with  any 
indications  of  where  larvae  had  been  feeding  on  it,  though  in  most 
cases  the  stems  of  the  two  species  of  plants  were  intertwined. 

"When  the  large  underground  stems  were  examined,  they  were 
usually  found  covered  with  larvae  of  various  sizes  and  with  cocoons. 
The  larvae  were  found  clinging  to  the  larger  roots  and  feeding  on 


Dec.  29,  1951  cerambycoid  semi-aquatic  coleoptkia  103 

the  line  rootlets  with  which  the  roots  are  covered.  Several  roots"  .  . 
.  .  "appeared  to  be  covered  with  minute  tubercles.  These  tubercles 
are  the  places  from  which  the  rootlets  have  been  cut  off  by  the  lar- 
vae. In  addition  to  the  above,  the  larvae  also  eat  holes  in  the  apices 
of  the  larger  roots." 

MacGillivray  was  the  first  investigator  to  intelligibly  solve  the 
problems  of  respiration  in  these  larvae,  who  seem  to  have  no  struc- 
tural modifications  adapting  them  to  an  underwater  life. 

Speaking  of  the  tissues  of  underwater  plants — "Each  of  these 
spaces  is  filled  with  air,  and  it  is  on  such  a  supply  that  the  larvae 
and  pupae  of  Donacia  depend.  The  larvae  tap  the  air  supply  locked 
up  in  the  stems  of  aquatic  plants  by  pushing  their  caudal  spines 
through  the  epidermis  of  the  plant  and  rupturing  the  cells  surround- 
ing the  air  spaces.  The  air  contained  by  such  plants  is  of  about  the 
same  richness  in  oxygen  as  the  surrounding  atmosphere.  When  the 
tissue  of  the  plant  is  ruptured,  the  inclosed  air,  being  lighter  than  the 
water,  moves  to  the  outer  surface  of  the  plant,  and,  if  there  were 
nothing  to  collect  it,  it  would  pass  on  to  the  surface  of  the  water.  But 
the  spiracular  openings  being  at  the  immediate  base  of  the  spines  and 
the  larva  holding  the  apex  of  its  abdomen  close  to  the  surface  of  the 
plant,  the  air  is  collected  before  it  can  escape  into  the  water. 

"In  order  to  explain  how  the  larva  of  Donacia  obtains  its  supply 
of  air  from  the  intercellular  spaces  of  plants,  I  do  not  think  it  is 
necessary  to  assume  any  extraordinary  structures  for  the  caudal 
spines.  The  caudal  spines  are  nothing  more  than  projections  of  the 
body  wall  for  rupturing  the  tissues  of  the  plant;  and,  when  this  is 
accomplished,  the  air,  being  so  much  lighter  than  the  surrounding 
water  and  having  a  strong  tendency  to  follow  along  anything  that 
will  carry  it  to  a  higher  level,  simply  follows  along  the  outer  surface 
of  the  caudal  spines  to  their  base,  where  it  is  taken  up  bv  the  spir- 
acles, while  the  two  large  longitudinal  trachea  connecting  with  the 
spines  take  up  the  supply  of  air  and  act  as  resevoirs  for  storing  it 
between  the  air-taking  periods. 

"When  the  larvae  are  ready  to  transform  to  pupae,  they  spin  a 
tough,  brownish  cocoon,  which  is  attached  to  the  scars  on  the  upper 
surface  of  the  rhizome  from  which  the  leaf  stalks  have  been  shed. 
The  silk  is  spun  from  glands  opening  into  the  mouth.  The  cocoons 
are  not  only  water-tight  but  air-tight  and  are  of  a  homogeneous  con- 
sistency throughout  without  any  indication  of  a  thread-like  structure. 
The  bottom  of  the  cocoon  where  it  is  attached  to  the  plant  is  much 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

104  ira  la  rivers  Vol.  XI,  Nos.  3-4 

thinner  and  lighter  in  color  and  is  firmly  glued  to  the  surface  of  the 
plant." 

The  larva  apparently  exludes  water  from  the  inside  of  the 
cocoon  by  "surrounding  itself  while  spinning  its  cocoon  by  a  quan- 
tity of  air  sufficient  to  fill  the  vacant  space  in  the  cocoon  .  .  .  The 
large  excavation"  (referring  to  the  slit  made  by  the  larva  in  the 
stem  of  the  plant)  "is  always  near  the  center  of  the  cocoon  and  is 
undoubtedly  made  by  the  larva  before  transforming  to  a  pupa.  In 
this  way  the  larva  provides  a  continuous  air  supply  for  itself  by  tap- 
ping the  store  held  in  the  intercellular  air  spaces  of  the  plant.  Since 
some  individuals  of  Donacia  live  for  10  months  or  more  in  the  co- 
coon, need  for  a  copius  and  continuous  air  supply  becomes  apparent. 

"The  pupa  transforms  to  a  beetle  long  before  it  is  time  for  it  to 
emerge.  When  it  is  ready  to  emerge,  the  end  of  the  cocoon  is  broken 
off  and  the  beetle  crawls  out.  The  ventral  surface  of  most  of  the 
species  of  Donacia  is  densely  covered  with  fine  silken  hairs,  so  that, 
when  the  beetle  emerges  from  its  cocoon,  the  air  contained  in  the 
cocoon  at  this  time  is  held  to  the  ventral  surface  of  the  beetle  by 
these  silken  hairs  and  in  this  way  provides  an  air  supply  for  it  till 
it  reaches  the  surface  of  the  water.  This  silken  cover  is  also  of  use 
to  those  species  that  lay  eggs  under  water." 

( Haemonia  Latreille,  1829) 

H.  nigricornis  Kirby  1837  seems  the  only  species  known  in  the 
United  States,  and  is  quite  variable  as  attested  by  its  synonymicon. 
Blatchley  (1910)  records  it  from  pond  weed  (Potamogeton),  on 
which  it  also  occurs  in  Europe,  being  known  there  from  the  roots  of 
the  plant. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

MacGillivray,  A.  D.,  1903.    Aquatic  Chrysomelidae  and  a  table  of 

the  families  of  coleopterous  larvae:    IN  Needham  et  al  (1903), 

Aquatic  Insects  of  New  York  State.    N.Y.  State  Mus.  Bull.  68 

(Entomology  18):200-499   (288-327). 
Mead,  A.  R.,  1938.    New  subspecies  and  notes  on  Donacia  with  key 

to  the  species  of  the  Pacific  States  (Coleoptera,  Chrysomelidae). 

Pan-Pac.  Ent.  14(3):  113-120. 
Schaeffer,  C,  1925.    Revision  of  the  New  World  species  of  the  tribe 

Donaciini  of  the  coleopterous  family  Chrysomelidae.    Brooklyn 

Mus.  Sci.  Bull.  3(3):45-165. 


NEW  DISTRIBUTION  RECORDS  OF  UTAH  SIPHONAPTERA 

WITH  THE  DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF 

MEGARTIIROGLOSSUS  JORDAN  AND  ROTI ISCHILD  191  5 ' 

VERNON  J.  TIPTON,  1st  Lt.  MSC-' 
and  DORALD  M.  ALLRED- 

The  initial  studies  on  Siphonaptera  in  Utah  by  Stanford  (1931, 
1944),  and  more  recently  by  Hubbard  (1947)  and  others  have 
brought  to  light  much  needed  information  concerning  the  flea  fauna 
of  Utah.  Because  it  has  not  yet  been  determined  conclusively  which 
species  of  fleas  are  involved  in  the  spread  and  maintenance  of  dis- 
ease of  sylvatic  origin  such  as  plague  and  tularemia,  it  is  important 
and  necessary  to  know  more  about  the  distribution  and  ecology  of 
these  insects. 

Through  the  collections3  of  the  junior  author  and  others,  fifteen 
species  and  subspecies  of  fleas  are  herein  reported  for  the  first  time 
as  occurring  in  Utah.  Substantiation  is  also  made  for  collections  of 
three  species  of  fleas  made  by  previous  workers  whose  reports  have 
been  listed  as  of  questionable  validity.  In  addition,  a  new  species  of 
l\legarthroglossus  Jordan  and  Rothschild  1915  is  described.  The  list- 
ing of  fleas  which  follows  raises  the  total  known  species  and  sub- 
species for  the  state  of  Utah  to  seventy-five.  Information  such  as 
host,  locality,  date  of  collection,  and  numbers  of  each  sex  of  flea 
collected  are  given  when  available.  Collectors'  names  are  indicated 
by  initials  only,  placed  in  parentheses. 

The  writers  wish  to  acknowledge  and  express  appreciation  to 
those  who  assisted  in  making  this  paper  possible.  Thanks  are  es- 
pecially due  Dr.  J.  S.  Stanford,  Utah  Agricultural  College,  for  per- 
mission to  use  unpublished  records  based  upon  material  he  and  his 
co-workers  collected.  We  are  also  indebted  to  Lt.  Col.  Robert  Traub, 
Walter  Reed  Army  Medical  Center,  who  determined  most  of  Pro- 
fessor Stanford's  specimens  and  for  access  to  his  collection  and  for 
assistance  in  determinations;  and  to  George  P.  Holland,  Chief,  Sys- 
tematic Entomology,  Division  of  Entomology,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Ottawa,  Canada,  for  assistance  in  comparison  of  the  new 
species  with  other  members  of  the  genus. 


(1)  Published  under  the  auspices  of  the  Surgeon  General,  Department  of  the  Army,  who 
does  not  necessarily  assume  responsibility  for  the  professional  opinions  expressed  by 
the   authors. 

(2)  From  the  Department  of  Entomology,  Army  Medical  Service  Graduate  School,  Walter 
Reed  Army  Medical  Center,  Washington  12,  D.  C,  and  from  the  Department  of  Zoology 
and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

(3)  These  collections  were  supported  (in  part)  by  a  research  grant  from  the  Microbiologic- 
al Institute  of  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  United  States  Public  Health  Services. 

105 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
106  V.  J.  TIPTON  AND  D.  M.  ALLRED        Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

Thanks  are  also  due  the  following  for  making  available  speci- 
mens for  study  and  /or  assistance  in  determination  of  specimens:  Dr. 
D  Elden  Beck  and  Dr.  Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Brigham  Young  University; 
Harold  E.  Stark,  Western  Communicable  Disease  Center  Laboratory, 
United  States  Public  Health  Service;  Dr.  William  L.  Jellison  and 
Glen  M.  Kohls,  Rocky  Mountain  Laboratory,  United  States  Public 
Health  Service. 

KEY  TO  COLLECTORS'  NAMES 

(CK)    Clyde  Knudsen 
(CLH)    C.  Lynn  Hay  ward 
(DEB)    D  Elden  Beck 
(DEH)    D.  Elmo  Hardy 
(DMA)  Dorald  M.  Allred 

(JSS)    J.  Sedley  Stanford 
(RJM)    Roy  J.  Myklebust 

(RT)    Robert  Traub 
(VMT)    Vasco  M.  Tanner 

NEW  DISTRIBUTIONAL   RECORDS 
Family  Pulicidae  Stephens  1829 

CEDIOPSYLLA  INAEQUALIS  INTERRUPTA  Jordan  1925 

Sylvilagiis  sp.:  Zion  National  Park,  Washington  County,  17  Dec.  1950, 
32  £  52  9    (DEB)   (DMA) 
St.  George,  Washington  County,  20  Dec.  1950, 
1$    (DEB)    (DMA) 
Lepus  calif  or  nicus:    10  mi.  NW  Kanab,  Kane  County,  21  Apr.  1951, 
1$   19    (DEB)    (CK) 
Note:   Although  Stanford   (1944)   reported  this  subspecies  as 
occurring  in  Utah,  some  workers  have  questioned  the 
validity  of  his  record.    Additional  records  herein  listed 
are  in  substantiation  of  Stanford's  report. 

ECHIDNOPHAGA  GALLINACEA  Westwood  1875 

Neotoma  lepida:    Arches  National  Monument,  Grand  County,  14  July 

1950,  19  ;  1  Aug.  1950,  19    (DMA) 
Citellus  variegatus:    Arches  National  Monument,  Grand  County,  22 
Aug.  1950,  IS    (DMA) 
Bluff,  San  Juan  County,  4  May  1951, 
8$   519    (DEB)    (DMA) 
Dipodomys  merriami:     Grafton,  Washington  County,  4  Nov.  1950, 

2  9   (DEB)  (DMA) 
Sylvilagiis  sp.:     Zion  National  Park,  Washington  County,  17  Dec. 
1950,  1$    19    (DEB)    (DMA) 
St.  George,  Washington  County,  20  Dec.  1950, 
7  9    (DEB)    (DMA) 
Peromyscus  eremicus:    15  mi.  E  St.  George,  Washington  County,  19 
Dec.  1950,  19    (DEB)    (DMA) 


Dec.  29,  1951     distribution  records  of  utah  siphonaptera       107 

PULEX  IRRITANS  Linnaeus  175S 

Canis  latrans:    St.  George,  Washington  County,  23  Jan.  1925, 
1$   19    (VMT) 
Delta  Desert,  Millard  County,  (year)  1925, 
2$   39    (DEH) 


Family  Vermipsyllidae  Wagner  1899 

CHAETOPSYLLA  LOTOKIS  Stewart  1926 

Mustela  sp.:    Sardine  Canyon,  Cache  County,  28  Dec.  1937, 
4$   2  9    (JSS) 

Family  Hystrichopsyllidae  (Tiraboschi  1904) 

ATYPHLOCERAS  ECHIS  Jordan  and  Rothschild  1915 

Peromyscus  eremicus:     15  mi.  E  St.   George,  Washington  County, 
19  Dec.  1950,  1$    (DEB)    (DMA) 
Note:   Stanford  (1944)  lists  a  flea  as  "Atyphloceras  (probably 
echis)."   This  record  should  support  his  report. 

ATYPHLOCERAS  MULTIDENTATUS  C.  Fox  1909 

Mouse  nest:    Pleasant  Grove,  Utah  County,  16  Mar.  1951, 
2$    (DEB)    (DMA) 
Peromyscus  manic ulat us:    Cedar  Valley,  Utah  County,  25  Mar.  1951, 
1?    (DMA)    (CLH) 
Lehi,  Utah  County,  28  Apr.  1951, 
1$    (DMA) 
Note:   Tipton  (1950)  reported  a  flea  as  "Atyphloceras  sp. 

(probably  multidentatus)."  These  records  undoubtedly 
substantiate  his  report. 

MERINGIS  DIPODOMYS  Kohls  1938 

Dipodomys  merriami:     Grafton,  Washington  County,  4  Nov.  1950, 

2$   29    ;  17  Dec.  1950,  5  ?    (DEB)    (DMA) 
Beaver  Dam  Wash,  Washington  County,  21  Dec.  1950, 

105   109    (DEB)    (DMA) 
15  mi.  E  St.  George,  Washington  County,  19  Dec.  1950, 

6$   119    (DEB)   (DMA) 
Dipodomys   microps:     Beaver  Dam  Wash,  Washington  County,  21 

Dec.  1950,  19    (DEB)    (DMA) 
Peromyscus  eremicus:    15  mi.  E  St.  George,  Washington  County,  19 

Dec.  1950,    13   49     (DEB)    (DMA) 
Citelhis  leucurus:    Grafton,  Washington  County,  18  Dec.  1950, 

1$  19    (DEB)   (DMA) 
Onychomys  sp.:    15  mi.  E  St.  George,  Washington  County,  19  Dec. 

1950,  13   39    (DEB)   (DMA) 

ACTENOPHTHAL3IUS  HEISERI  McCoy  1911 

Citellus  leucurus:    Rockville,  Washington  County,  18  Dec.  1950, 
IS   19    (DEB)   (DMA) 

CORRODOPSYLLA  CURVATA  CURVATA   (Rothschild  1915) 
Sorex  sp.:    Bear  Lake,  Rich  County,  14  July  1942, 
2  9    (JSS) 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
108  V.  J.  TIPTON  AND  D.  M.  ALLRED        Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

CALLISTOPSYLLUS  TERINUS  Rothschild  1905 

Peromyscus  eremicus:    Grafton,  Washington  County,  17  Dec.  1950, 
2  9    (DEB)   (DMA) 

ANOMIOPSYLLUS  NUDATUS  Baker  1898 

Peromyscus  maniculatus:    20  mi.  S  Moab,  San  Juan  County,  8  May 
1951,  1$    (DMA)   (RJM)   (CLH)   (CK) 

NEARCTOPSYLLA  HYRTACI    (Rothschild  1904) 

Mustela  arizonensis:    Logan  Mountains,  Cache  County,  9  Dec.  1939, 
13  1$    (JSS) 

Family  Ceratophyllidae  Dampf  1908 

THRASSIS  PANDORAE  Jellison  1937 

Citellus  armatus:    Logan  Canyon,  Cache  County,  9  June  1942, 

59  1$   (JSS) 

THRASSIS  ARIDIS  Prince  1944 

Dipodomys  merriami:    Beaver  Dam  Wash,  Washington  County,  21 
Dec.  1950,   2$   119    (DEB)   (DMA) 

THRASSIS  HOFFMANI    (Hubbard  1949) 

Dipodomys  merriami:    Beaver  Dam  Wash,  Washington  County,  21 
Dec.  1950,   2$  14  9    (DEB)   (DMA) 
Grafton,  Washington  County,  17  Dec.  1950, 
2$   29    (DEB)    (DMA) 
Onychomys  sp.:    15  mi.  E  St.  George,  Washington  County,  19  Dec. 

1950,  1$    (DEB)    (DMA) 

ORCHOPEAS  SEXDENTATUS  NEOTOMAE  Augustson  1943 

Peromyscus  maniculatus:    Grafton,  Washington  County,  4  Nov,  1950, 
19    (DEB)   (DMA) 

MONOPSYLLUS  EUMOLPI  CYRTURUS  Jordan  1929 

Eutamias  minimus:  Mammoth,  Juab  County,  7  Apr.  1951, 

19    (DEB)    (CLH)    (DMA) 
Eutamias  quadrivittatus:    N  Fork  Provo  Canyon,  Utah  County,  22 

June  1951,   1  (?)   (DMA) 
Citellus  armatus:    Strawberry  Reservoir,  Wasatch  County,  28  June 

1951,  19    (DMA) 

PEROMYSCOPSYLLA  HAMIFER  VIGENS   (Jordan  1937) 
Microtus  sp.:    Logan  Canyon,  Cache  County,  1  Oct.  1948, 
5$  5  9   (RT) 


Family  Hystrichopsyllidae 
Subfamily  Anomiopsyllinae 

MEGARTHROGLOSSUS  BECKI  Tipton  and  Allred,  sp.  nov. 

Diagnosis:  The  principal  distinguishing  characteristic  by  which 
this  species  may  be  separated  from  other  Megarthroglossus  is  the 
dorso-caudal  extension  of  the  eighth  sternum,  becoming  sub-acumi- 


Dec.  29,  1951     distribution  records  of  utah  siphonaptera       109 

nate  apically  and  enclosing  the  proximal  half  of  the  distal  arm  of  the 
ninth  sternum  in  a  hyaline  sheath,  whereas  in  other  members  of  the 
genus  the  eighth  sternum  is  not  produced  distad  beyond  the  proximal 
one-third  of  the  distal  arm  of  the  ninth  sternum,  and  is  never  acumi- 
nate or  subacuminate  but  rounded.  Near  M.  divisus  divisus  (Baker 
1895),  but  differs  slightly  in  shape  and  chaetotaxy  of  the  ninth 
sternum  and  movable  finger  and  immovable  process  of  the  clasper; 
sinus  of  the  seventh  sternum  of  the  female  is  truncate  and  definite, 
not  shallow  and  rounded;  the  ventro-caudal  lobe  of  the  seventh 
sternum  is  acuminate,  not  rounded. 

Description:  Head  (fig.  1,  Male).  Frontal  tubercle  present. 
Frontoclypeal  area  porose.  Ocular  row  of  four  bristles;  the  first  and 
third  about  half  as  long  as  the  second  and  fourth;  the  first  dorsally 
displaced.  Eye  vestigial,  triangular,  slightly  pigmented.  Genal  pro- 
cess sub-acuminate.  Maxillary  lobe  acuminate,  reaching  to  or  beyond 
base  of  second  segment  of  labial  palpus.  Labial  palpi  5-segmented; 
almost  entire  last  segment  reaching  beyond  apex  of  fore-coxa.  Bris 
ties  of  second  antennal  segment  very  short,  not  reaching  beyond 
third  segment  of  clavus.  Row  of  small  bristles  on  dorsal  margin  of 
antennal  fossa.  Two  rows  of  bristles  on  post  antennal  area,  each 
row  with  three  small  dorsal  bristles  (four  in  female)  and  one  large 
ventral  bristle;  ventral  bristle  of  second  row  reaching  beyond  apex 
of  pronotal  teeth. 

Thorax:  (fig.  1,  Male).  Pronotum  (PN.)  with  one  row  of 
bristles  anterior  to  pronotal  comb,  wdth  bristles  alternately  long  and 
short;  the  ventral-most  bristle  very  long  and  stout.  Pronotal  comb 
of  sixteen  spines.  Mesonotum  (MSN.)  with  four  rows  of  bristles, 
first  row  irregular,  second  and  third  rows  incomplete,  bristles  of 
fourth  row  longest  with  alternating  long  and  short  bristles;  row  of 
three  pseudobristles  on  mesonotal  flange.  Mesepisternum  (MPS.) 
with  one  long  bristle  in  ventro-caudal  angle  (in  one  para  type  male 
bristle  lies  over  internal  ridge)  and  five  smaller  bristles  (seven  in 
female)  ranging  dorso-anteriorally.  Mesepimere  (MPM.)  with  one 
long  ventral  bristle.  Metanotum  (MTN.)  with  two  rows  of  bristles, 
the  first  incomplete,  the  bristles  of  the  second  row  longest.  Lateral 
metanotal  area  very  small  and  not  readily  evident,  with  one  bristle. 
Plural  arch  absent.  Metepisternum  (MTS.)  with  one  bristle  near 
caudal  margin  (in  female  two  bristles,  the  ventral  four  times  longer 
than  the  dorsal).  Metepimere  (MTM.)  with  one  bristle  near  caudal 
margin  (in  female  two  bristles,  one  medial  and  one  caudal). 


110 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
V.  J.  TIPTON  AND  D.  M.  ALLRED        Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 


Legs:  Measurements. 
Male:  Leg 

Pro- 
Meso- 
Meta- 


Tarsal  Segments 


Tibia  1  2 

183  63  63 

263  123  96 

346  230  133 


3 

4 

5 

53 

43 

110 

60 

50 

120 

60 

50 

126 

Plate.  I.    Megarthroglossus  becki,  new  species. 

Fig.  1.  Head  and  Thorax  (Male) 

Fig.  2.  Anal  Stylet  (Female) 

Fig.  3.  Spermatheca   (Female) 

Fig.  4.  Seventh  Sternum   (Female) 


Dec.  29,  1951    distribution  records  of  utah  siphonaptera       111 


Tarsal  Seg] 

merits 

Female:        Leg 

Tibia 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Pro- 

206 

70 

73 

60 

53 

116 

Meso- 

326 

143 

100 

63 

50 

116 

Meta- 

400 

293 

170 

73 

63 

123 

Abdomen:  First  abdominal  tergum  (IT.,  fig.  1)  with  two  rows 
of  bristles  (one  row  in  female),  first  row  incomplete;  two  apical 
spinelets  on  first  tergum  and  one  on  second  tergum  (female  with  one 
apical  spinelet  on  first  tergum  and  second  tergum  without  spinelets). 
Terga  2  to  6  with  one  row  of  bristles.  Sterna  2  to  6  with  one  row 
of  bristles. 

Modified  Abdominal  Segments:  Male.  Eighth  sternum  (8S., 
fig.  6)  without  bristles;  extending  dorso-caudally  to  encompass  proxi- 
mal half  of  distal  arm  of  ninth  sternum  in  hyaline  sheath.  Distal  arm 
of  ninth  sternum  (D.A.9,  fig.  6)  enlarged  medially,  narrowing  apic- 
ally  to  become  sub-acuminate,  with  ten  bristles  on  caudal  margin 
and  four  small  mesal  bristles;  several  very  fine  bristles  apically  and 
on  anterior  margin.  Apex  of  immoveable  process  of  clasper  (P.,  fig. 
5)  subrounded;  anterior  to  apex  of  process  a  prominent  gland  of 
unknown  function  but  constant  in  size  and  shape  in  all  type  speci- 
mens; caudal  margin  of  process  of  clasper  undate  with  a  rounded 
protuberance  slightly  more  than  half  the  distance  between  apex  of 
process  and  its  junction  with  moveable  process  of  clasper;  four  bris- 
tles on  caudal  margin  above  rounded  protuberance,  the  most  ventral 
being  smallest;  2  and  3  more  widely  separated  than  1  and  2,  with 
two  small  mesal  bristles  slightly  anterior  to  the  three  bristles;  two 
small  bristles  on  apex  of  process  with  two  small  mesal  bristles  an- 
terior to  these  and  two  small  bristles  on  dorsal  margin.  A  row  of  very 
minute  bristles  extending  from  apex  of  clasper  ventrad  to  about  one- 
half  of  the  distance  to  point  of  articulation  of  moveable  finger  of 
clasper.  Moveable  finger  of  clasper  (F.,  fig.  5)  3*/2  times  as  long 
as  wide;  anterior  margin  almost  straight;  posterior  margin  evenly 
curved;  apex  rounded;  one  long  thin  bristle  on  caudal  margin  near 
apex  with  a  shorter  thin  bristle  on  either  side;  a  fourth  thin  bristle 
one-half  the  distance  from  apex  to  base,  and  another  near  the  base; 
a  long  thin  bristle  ventral  to  point  of  junction  of  P.  and  F.  Other 
small  setae  on  F.;  three  antepygidial  bristles,  the  middle  twice  as 
long  as  the  ventral  and  the  dorsal  bristle  minute. 


112 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
V.  J.  TIPTON  AND  D.  M.  ALLRED        Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 


Plate  II.     Megarthroglossus  becki,  new  species. 

Fig.  5.     Immoveable  process  and  moveable  finger  of  clasper  (Male) 

Fig.  6.     Distal  arm  of  ninth  sternum 

Fig.  7.     Modified  abdominal  segments  (Male) 


Female:  Dorsal  four-fifths  of  posterior  margin  of  VII  sternum 
(fig.  4)  broadly  undate;  lower  one-fifth  with  angulate;  ventro-caudal 
area  a  sub-acuminate  lobe.  Anal  stylet  (fig.  2)  with  a  single  apical 
bristle.   Head  of  spermatheca  (fig.  3)  as  long  as  tail;  base  and  apex 


Dec.  29,  1951    distribution  rkcords  of  utah  siphonaptera       113 

of  head  of  almost  equal  width  with  slight  constriction  in  middle. 
Tail  obtuse-angulate.  Three  antepygidial  bristles,  the  central  one 
longest. 

Lengths:   Male.       2.14  mm 
Female.  2.44  mm 

PIolotype:  A  male,  from  Buckley's  Mine,  lower  level,  Rock 
Canyon,  near  Provo,  Utah  County,  Utah.  Elevation,  approximately 
5100  feet.  Collected  by  Dorald  M.  Allred,  November  24,  1949.  In 
the  collection  of  U.  S.  National  Museum.  Host:  Nest  of  Neotoma 
cinerea  acraia  (Elliot). 

Allotype:  A  female,  same  data  as  above  except  from  different 
nest  on  upper  level,  elevation  5200  feet.  Deposited  in  U.  S.  National 
Museum. 

Paratypes:  Two  males  and  two  females,  same  data  as  the  holo- 
type.  Deposited  in  collection  of  senior  author,  and  collection  of  Brig- 
ham  Young  University. 

Remarks:  This  species  is  named  for  Dr.  D.  Elden  Beck,  Associ- 
ate Professor  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  Uni- 
versity, to  whom  the  authors  are  very  much  indepted  for  his  con- 
tagious and  enthusiastic  interest  in  ectoparasites. 

LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS4 

AE.A.  Aedeagal  apodeme 

A.  B.  Antepygidial  bristles 

A.S.I.  Apex  of  sclerotized  inner  tube 

CR.  Aedeagal  crochets 

D.A.9  Distal  arm  of  male  ninth  sternum 

F.  Moveable  finger  of  clasper 

L.P.  Labial  palpi 

MB.  Manubrium 

M.D.L.  Median  dorsal  lobe  of  aedeagus 

>  I PM.  A  Iesepimeron 

MPS.  Mesepisternum 

MSN.  Mesonotum 

MTM.  M.'tepimere 

MTN.  Metanotum 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
114  V.  J.  TIPTON  AND  D.  M.  ALLRED        Vol.  XI,  Nos.  3-4 

MTS.  Metepisternum 

MX.  Maxillary  lobe 

MX.  P.  Maxillary  palpi 

P.  Immoveable  process  of  clasper 

P.A.9  Proximal  arm  of  male  ninth  sternum 

PN.  Pronotum 

P.R.  Penis  rods 

SN.  Sensilium 

T.AP.9  Ventral  margin  of  apodeme  of  ninth  tergum 

8S.  Eighth  sternum 

IT.  First  tergum 


SELECTED    REFERENCES 

Hubbard,  Clarence  A. 

1947.  Fleas  of  Western  North  America.  Iowa  State  College 
Press.    533pp. 

Prince,  Frank  M. 

1943.  "Species  of  fleas  on  rats  collected  in  states  west  of  the 
102nd  meridian  and  their  relation  to  the  dissemination 
of  plague."    Pub.  Health  Rpts.  58(18): 700-708. 

Stanford,  J.  S. 

1931.  "A  preliminary  list  of  Utah  Siphonaptera."  Proc.  Utah 
Acad,    of  Sci.    8:153-154. 

1944.  "More  Utah  Siphonaptera."  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sci.,  Arts 
and  Letters,  Vols.  19  and  20:173-178. 

Tipton,  Vernon  J. 

1950.  "New  distributional  records  for  Utah  Siphonaptera."  The 
Great  Basin  Naturalist  10(1-4)  :62-65. 

Traub,  Robert 

1944.    New  North  American  Fleas.    Zoological  Series  of  Field 

Museum  of  Nat.  History  29(15)  :21 1-220. 
1950.    Siphonaptera  from  Central  America  and  Mexico.    Field- 
iana:  Zoology  Memoirs  1(1):  1-127.    54  plates. 


(4)    Nomenclature  used  is  that  of  Traub's   (1950). 


ON   FIVE   NEW   AMERICAN   LITHOBIID   CENTIPEDS 

RALPH  V.  CHAMBERLIN 
University  of  Utah 

The  new  species  here  diagnosed  are  members  of  the  order  Litho- 
biida.  They  were  noted  in  the  course  of  an  examination  of  several 
lots  of  chilopods  that  were  in  the  hands  of  the  author  for  identifi- 
cation. 

Family  Lithobiidae 
POKABIUS    AETHES    Chamberlin,  new  species 

Dorsum  yellowish  brown,  with  the  head,  first  tergite  and  the 
posterior  borders  of  the  more  caudal  tergites  chestnut. 

Ocelli  1  +  4,  4,  3.  Antennae  composed  of  the  usual  twenty 
articles.  Prosternal  teeth  2  +  2;  the  anterior  margin  of  presternum 
shouldered  ectad  of  the  outer  tooth  on  each  side;  the  porodont  hair- 
like. 

Posterior  angles  of  none  of  the  dorsal  plates  produced. 

Ventral  spines  of  the  first  legs  0,  0,  2,  3,  2;  of  the  penult  legs, 
0,  1,  3,  3,  1;  of  the  anal  legs  also  0,  1,  3,  3,  1,  the  terminal  claw 
simple. 

Distinct  from  all  other  known  species  of  Pokabius  sens,  str.,  to 
to  which  it  belongs,  in  having  the  penult  as  well  as  the  anal  legs 
of  the  male  conspicuously  modified.  In  both  of  these  legs  the  femur 
is  eleveated  into  a  rounded  lobe  at  the  proximal  end  and  is  also, 
though  less,  elevated  at  the  caudal  end,  the  dorsal  surface  being  con- 
cave between  the  two  processes;  in  both  pairs  of  legs  the  tibia  is 
longitudinally  furrowed  along  its  ventral  face,  the  furrow  deeper  on 
the  anal  than  on  the  penult  legs. 

Length,  about  9  mm. 

Locality:     California:     Willow  Creek     One  male  taken  by  R.  V. 
Chamberlin,  July  14,  1937. 

GENUS   MESOBIUS    Chamberlin,  new 

Ocelli  seriate.  Articles  of  antennae  numerous.  Prosternal  teeth 
fixed  at  2  +  2.  Posterior  angles  of  none  of  the  dorsal  plates  pro- 
duced. Tarsi  of  all  legs  biarticulate.  Distinguished  from  Archili- 
thobius  in  having  the  anal  legs  of  the  male  conspicuously  modified, 
in  these  the  femur  being  more  or  less  swollen  and  excised  at  distal 

115 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
116  RALPH  V.   CHAMBERLIN  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

end  on  mesal  side  where  bearing  a  process  projecting  mesad.    Claw 
of  female  gonopods  bi-  or  tripartite. 

Generotype:    Mesobius  danianus  Chamberlin,  new  species. 

This  genus  includes  also  the  European  Lithobius  castaneus  of 
Newport. 

MESOBIUS   DANIANUS   Chamberlin,  new  species 

Dorsum  light  brown,  the  head  and  posterior  tergites  a  darker 
brown. 

Antennae  long,  extending  back  upon  sixth  or  seventh  tergite; 
composed  of  42  articles  in  the  holotype. 

Ocelli  few,  in  two  series;  e.g.,  1+3,  2(3). 

Prosternal  teeth  small,  2  +  2;  the  anterior  margin  of  the  pro- 
sternum  rounded  off  ectad  of  the  outer  tooth  on  each  side;  porodont. 
subsetiform. 

Posterior  angles  of  none  of  the  dorsal  plates  produced. 

Leg  1  with  no  ventral  spines.  Ventral  spines  of  the  penult  legs 
0,  1,  1,  1,  0;  of  the  anal  legs  also  0,  1,  1,  1,  0,  with  the  claw  double. 

In  the  anal  legs  of  the  male  the  femur  is  swollen;  obliquely 
excised  at  distal  end  on  mesal  side  and  there  bearing  a  mesally  di- 
rected subcylindrical  process  which  is  distally  truncate  or  with  distal 
surface  a  little  convex  and  which  widens  a  little  at  base. 

Claw  af  the  female  gonopods  bipartite,  the  outer  lobe  much 
longer  than  the  inner  one;  both  teeth  distally  rounded.  Basal  spines 
2  +  2,  these  gradually  acuminate  from  base  with  the  tip  narrowly 
rounded. 

Length  10  to  13  mm. 

Locality:    Florida:  Dania.    One  male  and  two  females. 

Distinguishable  from  Mesobius  castaneus  (Newport),  an  Euro- 
pean species,  in  having  the  claw  of  the  anal  legs  double  and  in  the 
more  sparse  spining  of  the  legs. 

Family   Ethopolidae 
ETHOPOLYS    TIMPIUS    Chamberlin,  new  species 
Dorsum  light  brown,  the  head  and  caudal  tergites  more  yellow- 
ish.   Legs  also  light  brown,  the  caudal  pairs  and  the  antennae  bright 
yellow. 

The  head  with  lateral  margining  nearly  continuous,  although 


Dec.  29,  1951    five  new  American  lithobiid  centipeds  117 

the  margin  is  indented  at  the  level  where  a  definite  break  occurs  in 
other  species.  Antennae  reaching  to  or  a  little  beyond  the  sixth 
tergite,  composed  of  the  usual  20  articles  which  are  mostly  long  and 
slender.  Ocelli  in  an  elongate  patch,  with  the  series  curved  and 
irregular;  e.g.,  1    +  6,  6,  4,  2. 

Prosternal  teeth  ectad  of  diastema  3,  those  within  typically  6 
on  each  side. 

Posterior  angles  of  none  of  the  dorsal  plates  produced. 

Ventral  spines  of  first  legs  0,  0,  2,  3,  2;  dorsal,  0,  0,  2,  2,  1. 
Dorsal  spines  of  second  legs,  0,  0,  3,  2,  1.  Ventral  spines  of  penult 
legs  1,  1,  3,  3,  2;  dorsal,  1,  0,  3,  2,  1.  Ventral  spines  of  anal  legs, 
1,  1,  3,  2,  1;  dorsal,  1,  0,  3,  1,  0;  claw  double. 

Claw  of  genital  forceps  of  female  long  and  acute,  a  weak  tooth 
on  each  side.    Basal  spines  3  +  3. 

Length,  30  mm. 
Locality:    Utah:    Provo  Canyon,  Briday  Veil  Falls  at  upper  limits. 

Apparently  distinct  in  the  absence  or  slightness  of  a  lateral 
marginal  break  on  the  head.  Related  to  E.  integer  Chamberlin  but 
different  in  having  low  but  distinct  lateral  teeth  on  the  claw  of  the 
female  gonopods.  Resembling  E.  bipunctatus  (Wood),  which  occur 
in  the  same  general  area,  in  color  but  obviously  distinct  in  the  short- 
er antennae  and  in  having  normally  3,  instead  of  2,  posternal  teeth 
ecad  of  the  diastema  on  each  side. 

ETHOPOLYS   CALIBIUS   Chamberlin,  new  species 

Dorsum  dark  chestnut,  the  posterior  segments  in  particular 
with  a  median  longitudinal  stripe  of  darker  color.  Legs  also  chestnut 
colored  proximally,  lighter  over  tarsi. 

Antennae  long,  reaching  back  upon  the  eighth  tergite;  composed 
of  20  articles  which  are  mostly  long  and  proportionately  slender. 
Head  with  lateral  marginal  breaks.  Ocelli  1  +  5,  5,  4,  3,  the  single 
ocellus  large. 

Prosternal  teeth  9  +  9  with  no  diastema  and  a  definite  poro- 
dont  not  detectable  in  the  type  specimen. 

Posterior  angles  of  none  of  the  dorsal  plates  produced  except 
those  of  the  thirteenth  on  which  they  are  small  and  acute.  Tergites 
rugose,  especially  the  more  posterior  ones. 

Ventral  spines  of  first  legs  0,  0,  2,  3,  2;  dorsal,  0,  0,.  3.  2,  1. 
Ventral  spines  of  penult  legs,  1,  1,  3,  3,  2;  dorsal  1,  0,  3,  1,  1;  the 
claw  single.   Ventral  spines  of  anal  legs  1,  1,  3,  2,  1;  dorsal  1,  0,  3,  1, 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
118  RALPH  V.   CHAMBERLIN  Vol.  XI,  NoS.  3-4 

0.    Last  four  pairs  of  coxae  armed  ventrally,  the  last  two  laterally. 

Claw  of  the  female  genital  forceps  with  a  large  acuminate  medi- 
an lobe  and  a  small  tooth  each  side  well  toward  the  base.  Basal 
spines  4  +  4. 

Length:    28  mm. 

Localiry:    California:    Prairie  Creek.    One  female  taken  July   10, 
1946. 

Distinct  from  other  known  species  of  the  subgenus  Archethop- 
olys  in  lacking  a  diastema  in  the  prosternal  dental  series  and  in  hav- 
ing claw  of  the  female  gonopods  practically  entire. 

ETHOPOLYS    SPECTANS    Ghamberlin,  new  species 

Dorsum,  including  head  and  antennae,  light  chestnut,  with  a 
darker  median  longitudinal  line  evident  posteriorly.  Legs  brown. 
Antennae  relatively  shorter  than  in  related  species;  composed  of 
the  normal  20  articles  which  are  of  moderate  length.  Head  with 
lateral  marginal  interruptions  distinct.  Ocelli  in  three  series  forming 
an  oblong  patch;  thus,  1   +  4,  4,  2. 

Prosternal  teeth  9  +  9,  one  of  these  teeth  on  each  side  occupy- 
in  the  space  usually  forming  the  diastema,  this  tooth  lying  in  front 
of  the  fine  porodont,  one  tooth  ecad  of  this  one. 

Posterior  legs  missing  from  the  type. 

Posterior  angles  of  ninth,  eleventh  and  thirteenth  dorsal  plates 
acutely  produced  but  the  processes  unusually  small.  Tergites  ir- 
regularly rugose,  most  distinctly  scabous  on  the  caudal  portion. 

Claw  of  the  female  gonopods  with  an  acute  median  lobe  or  tooth 
which  is  moderate  in  length,  the  side  teeth  blunt  and  weak.  Basal 
spines  3  +  3. 

Length,  19  mm. 

Localitys    British  Columbia;  Vancouver  Id.,  Spectacle  Lake.    One 
female  taken  by  Dr.  G.  C.  Carl  on  May  12. 


INDEX    TO  VOLUME  XI 


The  new  genera  and  species  described  in  this  volume  appear  in  black-face 
type  in  this  index. 


Actenophthalmus  heiseri  McCoy,  107. 
Ahaetulla  calligaster  (Gunther),  66, 

80. 
Allred,  Donald  M.  and  Tipton,  Vernon 

J.,  Article  by,  105. 
Amblycheila  utahensis  Tanner,  47. 
Ambystoma  annulatum  Cope,  87. 

maculatum   Shaw,   88. 

opocum   (Gravenh.),  88. 

talpiodium    (Holb.),   88. 

texanum  Matthes,  88. 

tigrinum  morvortium  Baird,  88. 

t.  tigrinum  Green,  88. 
Amphiuma  means  tridactylum 

Cuvier,   88. 
Anomiopsyllus  nudatus  Baker,  108. 
Apheloria  coriacea  (Koch),  28. 
Aphrosylus  wirthi  Harmston,  13. 
Arctogeophilus  umbraticus   (McNeill), 
34. 

xenoporus  ( Chamberlin),  34. 
Arenophilus  bipuncticeps  (Wood),  34. 
Argyra  utahna  Harmston,  16. 
Atyphloceras  echis  J.  &  R.,  107. 

multidentatus  C.  Fox,  107. 
Auturus  becki  Chamberlin,  29. 

Batrachylodes  ventebralis  Boulenger, 

62,  79. 
Boiga  irregularis  (Merrem),  66,  80. 
Boraria  monticolens  Chamberlin,  26. 
Bragg.  Arthur  N.  and  Hudson,  W.  F., 

Article  by  87. 
Bufo  cognatus  Say,  87. 

marinus  (Linnaeus),  58,  78. 
terrestris  charlesmithi  Bragg,  87. 

Callistopsyllus  terinus  Rochschild,  108. 
Cediopsylla  inaequalis  interrupta 

Jordan,   106. 
Cerambycoidea,   97. 
Cerambycoid  semi-aquatic  Coleoptera 

of  the  Nevada  Area,  97. 
Ceratobatrachus  guentheri  Boulenger, 

60,  78. 
Chaetopsylla  lotoris  Stewart,  107. 
Chamberlin,  Ralph  V.,  Articles  by, 

19,  27,  115. 
Chrysotus  silvicolus  Harmston,  11. 
Cicindela  formosa  subsp.  luxuriosa 
Csy.,   48. 
carthagena  subsp.  pacifica  Schp.,  49. 
decemguttata  subsp.  sanguineo- 

maculata  Blanchard,  51. 
discreta  Schaum,  51. 
lepida  Dej.,  50. 


limbalis  subsp.  auguralis  Csy.,  49. 

limbalis  Klug,   49. 

limbigera  subsp.  nympha  Csy.,  50. 

longilabris  subsp.  oslari  Leng,  49. 

repanda  subsp.  hudsonica  Csy.,  49. 

sperata  subsp.  rubicunda  (E.  H. 
Harris),   50. 
Cicindelidae  from  the  Pacific  Islands, 

50. 
Collyris  albitarsis  Erichs,  51. 

acrolia  Chaud.,   51. 

similor  W.  Horn,  51. 
Cornufer  corrugatus  A.  Dum.,  78. 

guppyi   (Boulenger),  79. 

neckeri  Brown  &  Myers,  79. 
Corrodopsylla  curvata  curvata  Roths- 
child,  107. 
Corucia  zebrata  Gray,  71,  82. 
Crocodylus  porosus  Schneider,  81 

Dasia  samaragdinum  perviridis 

Barbour,  4,   82. 
Denisonia  par  (Boulenger),  66,  80. 

Woodfordii   (Boulenger),  80. 
Desmognathus  fuscus  brimleyorum 

Stej.,   88. 
Diemictylus  viridescens  louisanensis 

(Walterst.),  89. 
Diploiulus  hortensis  (Wood),  29. 

caeruleocinctus   (Wood),  30. 
Discodeles  bufoniformis  Boulenger,  79. 

guppyi  (  Boulenger) ,  61,  79. 
Dixidesmus  phanus  Chamberlin,  27. 
Donaciinae,   98. 
Drake,  Carl  J.,  Articles  by,  37,  43. 

Echidnophaga  gallinacea  Westwood, 

106. 
Emoia  mivarti  Boulenger,  6. 

atrocostata   (Lesson),  7. 

caeruleocauda  De  Vis,  9. 

cyanogaster  (Lesson),  7,  83. 

cyanura  (Lesson),  8,  76,  83. 

flavigularis  Schmidt,  83. 

manni  Brown,  83. 

nigrum  (H.  &  J.),  77,  83. 

sanfordi  Schmidt,  83. 

werneri  (Vogt),  83. 

whitneyi  Burt,  83. 
Enygrus  carinatus  (Schneider),  65,  80. 

asper   (Gunther),  80. 

australis   (Montrouzier),  80. 

bibronii  H.  &  H.,  80. 
Epeloria  leiacantha  Chambelin,  28. 
Erratum  page,   52. 
Ethopolys  timpius  Chamberlin,  116. 


119 


120 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  XI 


calibius  Chamberlin,  117. 
spectans  Chamberlin,   118. 
Eurycea  griseogaster  M.  &  H.,  88. 
longicauda  melanoplura  (Cope),  89. 
multiplicata   (Cope),  89. 
tynerensis  M.  &  H.,  89. 

Galerucinae,  98. 

Garibius  georgiae  Chamberlin,  32. 

Gehyra  oceanica  (Lesson),  3,  68,  81. 

mutilata  Wiegm.,  81. 
Gekko  vittatus  Houttuyn,  82. 
Geophilus  mordax  Meinert,  34. 

becki  Chamberlin,   34. 
Gonocephalus  godeffroyi  (Peters),  81. 
Gosibius  saccharogeus  Chamberlin,  33. 
Gymnodactylus  pelagicus  (Gerard), 

68,  81. 
louisiadensis  De  Vis,  81. 

Harmston,  F.  C,  Article  by,  11. 
Harpaphe,  28. 
Herpetological  fauna,  57. 
Hottes,  F.  C,  Article  by,  43. 
Hudson,  W.  F.  and  Bragg,  Arthur  N., 

Article  by,  87. 
Hydrophis  cyanocinctus  Daudin,  67, 

81. 
Hyla  i.  infrafrenata  Gunther,  2. 

thesaurensis  Peters,  59,  78. 
Hypsirana  heffernani  Hinghorn,  79. 

LaRivers,  Ira,  Article  by,  97. 
Laticauda  colubrina  Schneider,  67,  80. 
Lepidodactylus  lugubris  (D.  &  B.), 

69,  82. 

guppyi  Boulenger,  69,  82. 

woodfordii  Boulenger,  70,  82. 
Linotaenia  chionophila  (Wood),  35. 

laevipes   (Wood),  35. 
Lithobius  forficatus  (Linne),  31. 

atkinsoni  Bollman,  32. 
Lygosoma  (Leiolepisma)  anolis  Boul- 
enger, 75,  83. 

fuscus  luctuosum  (P.  &  D.),  5. 

noctua  Lesson,  76,  83. 

(Lygosoma)   solomenis  Boulenger, 
74,   83. 

concinnatum  Boulenger,  75,  83. 

woodfordi  Boulenger,   83. 

(Sphenomorphus)   cranei  Schmidt, 
73,  83. 

bignelli  Schmidt,  73,  83. 

taylori  Burt,  83. 

Medeterus  arnaudi  Harmston,  12. 
Megarthroglossus  becki  Tipton  and 
Allred,  108. 


Meringis  dipodomys  Kohls,  107. 
Mesobius  danianus  Chamberlin,  116. 
Microhyla  carolinensis  olivacea  Hal- 

lowell,   87. 
Micropechis  elapoides  (Boulenger),  80. 
Microvelia  signata  Uhler,  37. 

cubana  Drake,  41. 

intonsa  Drake,  37. 

oaxacana  Drake,  37. 

portoricensis  Drake,  40. 

tateiana  Drake,   38. 
Monopsyllus  eumolpi  cyrturus  Jordan, 

108. 
Myrmecocystus  pyramicus  Smith,  91. 

Nannolene  corticolens  Chamberlin,  31. 

Nearctopsylla  hyrtaci  Rothschild,  108. 

Necturus  maculosus  maculosus  (Raf. ), 
89. 

Neolithobius  ethopus  Chamberlin,  32. 
mordax  (L.  Koch),  32. 
transmarinus  (L.  Koch),  32. 
underwoodi   (Bollman),  32. 
vorax    ( Meinert ) ,  32. 
xenopus   (Bollman),   32. 

Neurigona  torrida  Harmston,  14. 

New  County  Records  of  Salientia  and 
asummary  of  known  distribution 
of  Caudata  in  Oklahoma,  87. 

New  Distribution  Records  of  Utah  Si- 
phonapteria  with  the  discription 
of  a  New  Species  of  Megarthro- 
glossus J.  &  R.,  105. 

New  Neotropical  Water-Striders 
(Hemiptera-Veliidae) ,   37. 

New  Species  of  Dolichopodidae  from 
California  and  Utah  (Diptera), 
11. 

Nopoiulus  minutus  (Brandt),  30. 

Notes  on  Some  Cicindelidae  of  the 
Western  United  States  and  the 
South  Pacific  Islands  with  a  de- 
scription of  a  New  Species,  47. 

On  Eight  New  Southern  Millipeds,  19. 
On  Five  New  American  Lithobiid 

Centipeds,  115. 
Ophyiulus  pilosus  (Newport),  30. 
Orchopeas  sexdentatus  neotomae 

Augustson,  108. 
Otocryptops  sexspinosus  (Say),  33. 
Oxidus  gracilis  (C.  Koch),  29. 

Pachymerium  ferrugineum   ( C.  L. 

Koch),   34. 
Pacific  Islands  Herpethology  No.  rV, 

Admiralty  Islands,  1. 
Pacific  Islands  Herpetology  No.  V, 

Solomon  Islands,  53. 


INDEX   TO  VOLUMK    \I 


121 


Palmatorappia  solomonis   (Sternfeld), 

78. 
Paobius  vagrans  Chamborlin,  32. 
Parapist  ocalamus  hedigeri  Roux,  81. 
Pediporus  schmidti  (Burt),  73,  82. 

blanchardi   (Burt),  82. 
Pelamydrus  platurus  Linnaeus,  81. 
Peromvscopsylla  bamifer  vigens 

J.  &  R.,  108. 
Platymantis,   3. 

myersi  Brown,  79. 

papuensis  weberi  Schmidt,  62,  79. 

solomonis  Boulenger,  79. 
Plethodon  cinereus  anausticlavius 
Grobman,   89. 

c.  serratus  Grobman,  89. 

glutinosus  glutinosus  (Green),  89. 

ouachitae  D.  &  H.,  89. 
Pokabius  aethes  Chamberlin,  115. 
Polydesmus  complanatus  Linne,  27. 
Pseudacris  clarki  Baird,  87. 

streckeri  W.  &  W.,  87. 

triseriata    (Wied),   87. 
Pseudogekko  shebae  Brown  &  Tanner, 

70,  82. 
Pseudopolydesmus  serratus  (Say),  27. 
Pseudotremia  hansoni  Chamberlin,  25. 

fracta  Chamberlin,  25. 
Psochodesmus  crescentis  Cook,  29. 
Pulex  irritans  Linnaeus,  107. 

Rana  brachycephala  Cope,  87. 
catesbeiana  Shaw,   87. 
clamitans  Latr.,  87. 
kreffti  Boulenger,  79. 
papua  novaebritanniae  Werner, 
61,  79. 
Records  of  American  Millipeds  and 
Centipeds  Collected  by  Dr.  D 
Elden  Beck  in  1905,  27. 
Riopa  albofasciolata  (  Gunther,  82. 


Spirobolus  spinigerus  Wood,  30. 
Spirostrephon  lactarium  (Say),  30. 
Stridulatory  Organs  in  Saldidae 

(Hemiptera),  43. 
Syntormon  californicum  Harmston, 

15. 


Smith,  Marion  R.,  Article  by,  91. 
Spea  bombifrons  Cope,  87. 
Taiulus  tiganus  (Chamberlin),  30. 
Taiyubius  harrietae  Chamberlin,  32. 
Tanner,  Vasco  M.,  Articles  by,  1, 

47,   53. 
Teniulus  setosior  Chamberlin,  21. 

parvior  Chamberlin,  23. 
Theatops  posticus  (Say),  33. 
Therates  labiatus  Fabricius,  51. 

basalis  var.  simplo-flavescens 
W.  Horn,  51. 
Thrassis  pandorae  Jellison,  108. 

aridis  Prince,  108. 

hoffmani  Hubbard,  108. 
Tipton,  Vernon  J.  and  Allred,  Dorald 

M.,  Article  by,  105. 
Tribolonotus  poncelati  Kinghorn,  82. 
Trichopetalum  montis  Chamberlin,  24. 
Tricondyla  aptera  Olivier,  50. 

aptera  subsp.,  50. 
Two  New  Ants  from  Western  Nevada 
(Hymenoptera,  Formicidae),  91. 
Typhlops  aluensis  Boulenger,  63,  79. 

adamsi  Tanner,  64,  79. 

becki  Tanner,  63,  79. 

bergi  Peters,  79. 

cumingii  mansuetus  Barbour,  79. 

infralabialis  Waite,  64,  79. 

olivaceus  reduncus  Barbour,  79. 

solomonis  Parker,  79. 
Typhotriton  nereus  Bishop,  90. 

spelaeus  Stej.,  90. 


Schemdyla  nemorensis  (Koch),  35. 
Scolopendra  viridis  Say,  33. 

pachygnatha  Pocock,   33. 

polymorpha  Wood,  33. 
Semionellus  placidus  (Wood),  28. 
Shoshoniulus  Chamberlin,  23. 
Siren  intermedia  nettigi  Goin,  89. 


Uroblaniulus  exul  Chamberlin,  19. 
dixinus  Chamberlin,  21. 


Varanus  indicus  (Daudin),  71,  82. 
Veromessor  lariversi  Smith,  94. 
Zinaria  cala  Chamberlin,  28. 


Date  of  mailing  Nos.  1-2,  October  6,  1951. 
Date  of  mailing  Nos.  3-4,  June  10,  1952.